International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected]
Status of Irrigational Development during the First Decade of Economic Reforms – A Study
Prof. G. Bhaskar, Department of Economics Kakatiya University Warangal T.S
Abstract: The Economic Reforms in India have been initiated forcefully not only industrial sector but also the rest of sectors like primary and service, it is well known fact for all. The economic reforms given some fruitful results but these are not spread over the economy, because the results have not been distributed for all the sections. Still majority of the population are vulnerable sections and those are in BPL, illiteracy, unemployment especially those are in rural areas and majority of them are depending agriculture and its allied activities as the main occupation. In general the agriculture in India is gamble with monsoons and these are uncertainty. To overcome the uncertainty situation in agriculture, the number of programmes, sechmes and projects has been initiated in planning period by the state and central governments. Even though these problems still exist in our economy especially in the rural India. This paper mainly uses the secondary data collected from various official reports especially the agriculture census 2001 and the official web data have been gathered by the researcher. Keywords: Irrigation, planning period, economic reforms, agriculture, sectors Introduction: etc. A major portion of the food-stuffs India is mainly an agricultural country. produced is consumed within the Agriculture is the most important country. It is providing the large scope occupation for most of the Indian for the export of commercial and some families. In India, agriculture contributes food process crops, in 2013 fy, 39 billion about sixteen percent (16%) of total GDP of dollars value of agro-based produce we and ten percent (10%) of total exports. got by the trade. As per the planning Over 60 % of India’s land area is arable commission reports half of the Indian making it the second largest country in mass directly depends on agriculture terms of total arable land. Agricultural sector as directly. In addition to this the products of significant economic value primary sector providing the raw includes rice, wheat, potato, tomato, material for some of the agro-based onion, mangoes, sugar-cane, beans, industries as the result another 10 to 15 cotton, etc. Though, with the growth of percent of employment has been other sectors, the overall share of generated in secondary and tertiary agriculture on GDP of the country has sectors. In the 1960 and 70 decades the decreased from the initiation of economic green revolution began in India with the reforms. Still, Agriculture continues to objective of strengthen the agriculture play a dominant part in the overall and providing the food for all, but the economic scenario of India. This sector results are limited some of the crops and has contributing the food and fodder for some of the areas and at the same time essential human beings and cattle some negative shades are also emerged in management. India produces large the economy. It is due to the lack of quantity of food grains (274 million proper irrigational sources and other tonns) such as millets, cereals, pulses, www.ijar.org.in1 1 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] infrastructural facilities in the into three categories – Major, costing agriculture. more than Rs 5 crore each; medium costing individually between Rs. 10 lakh Irrigation is the fuel for the agriculture Rs. 5 crore each; and minor, costing less and the human beings, it is having its than Rs 10 lakh each. A new classification own importance such as increase in was adopted in April 1978.1 According to agricultural production and productivity. this classification, major schemes as Provision of irrigation facilities can make those) having CCA (Cultivable Command possible the growing of two or three crops Area) between 2,000 hectares and 10,000 in a year in most areas of the country. hectares, and minor schemes as those Assured irrigation can gives the good having CCA of less than 200 hectares. results on the green revolution. Irrigation helps in stabilising the output and yield Common Area Development (CAD) levels. It also plays a protective role in programme and flood control. The outlay promoting the both income and on irrigation and flood control in the employment for uneducated rural youth. Tenth Plan (2002- 07) had been kept at Irrigation has enabled many states to Rs. 1, 03,315 crore. Substantial acquire ‘partial immunity’ from drought expenditure has gone in for developing relief. It helps in developing allied the major and medium irrigation activities, means of water transport etc. potential specially the major river valley are improved income of government from project like the Bhakra Nangal Project agriculture. Availability of regular water (Punjab), Beas Projects (Punjab and supply will increase the income to Haryana), Hirakund Dan Project farmers. The irrigated land share is 17.0 (Orissa), Damodar Valley Corporation percent in 1950 -5- 51 and at present (Bihar and West Bengal), Nagarjuna raised to around 40.0 percent to the gross Sagar Project (Andhra Pradesh and cropped area in 2014 – 15 FY. Even Karnataka), etc. However, minor though 60.0 percent of copped are irrigation continues to occupy an depends on the monsoons. Due to this important place as its share in the total fact 60.0 percent of land is in uncertainty irrigation potential. Consequently in the conditions. Hence, the importance of Fourth Five Year Plan new schemes were irrigation is, however, the availability of introduced. Fifth Five Year Plan also irrigation facilities which is highly introduced a comprehensive programme inadequate in India. To overcome the and 38 command area development long standing problem irrigation, the authorities were set up covering 50 central and state governments have been irrigation projects. Rural Infrastructure initiated the number of steps in the form Development Fund was launched to of different irrigational projects during provide loans to the State Government the before and after the LPG periods. for financing rural infrastructure projects Some of the irrigational development including soil conservation and programmes and policies have given here watershed management etc. In 1996-97, under. programme called “Accelerated Irrigation Benefit Programme” was launched by the At the beginning of planning in India in Government of India. Under this 1950-51 irrigation schemes were divided programme, The Centre provides additional assistance by way of loans to www.ijar.org.in2 2 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] the states on matching basis for early increasing scarcity of water in completion of selected large irrigation agriculture. Ramachandran, (2010) and multi-purpose projects. The Ninth highlighted the benefits of irrigation to Plan noted that irrigated area, which agriculture. According to him, without constitutes only about 40 per cent of the agriculture, man cannot live & without total cultivated area, contributes almost irrigation man cannot have agriculture. 60 per cent of the food-grain production He realized, the food is essential for in the country. This shows the human beings as well as for animals for contribution of irrigation to agricultural their sustenance. Before irrigation, man output. Massive investment was made on satisfied his hunger by eating fruits from irrigation during the planning period. the forest & drinking water from natural From Rs 455 crore in the 1st Plan, the streams. Slowly man’s demands grew & expenditure on irrigation rose to Rs men felt the need of different types of 36,649 crore in the 8th Plan. The outlay food. So cultivation & growing crops has for irrigation an (flood control in 9th Plan been started. To produce crops regularly was Rs 63,682 crore. Of this, Rs. 48,259 by resisting drought he suggested the crore its account for 76.0 percent was for application of different irrigation major and medium irrigation projects and methods. Vaidyanathan. (2008) the balance Rs. 15,423 crore its equals to described the water resource 24.0 percent for minor irrigation. management in India after Independence & a major shift towards integrated water Review of Literature: shed development in rain fed areas Ministry of Water Resources (2005) reducing waste & over exploitation of Vedas & ancient Indian scriptures made water & more efficient use of irrigation references to wells, canals, tanks & dams. water. For example, he selected Chennai There is evidence of practice of irrigation city as a case study to deal the urban since the establishment of settled water scene, its systematic use & agriculture during the Indus Valley management. Civilization (2500 BC). In the south, In this connection the above mentioned perennial irrigation may have begun with studies are highlighted the some of the construction of the Grand Anicut by the importance of irrigation in the Cholas as early as second century to development of agriculture, particularly provide irrigation from the Convery watersheds, micro irrigation and project River. Govt. of India (2008) the based canal irrigation etc have been irrigation potential through major, covered but this study used agriculture medium, & minor irrigation projects has census data at national level for 2001 increased from 22.6 Million Hectares in year. Why because the above mentioned 1951, to about 102.77 Million Hectare at studies are not covered the agriculture Sne, M. (2006) census data. the end of 2006-07. Objectives of the Study: emphasized on micro irrigation as a system which has matured into reliable 1. To study the importance of water & fertigation management system agriculture and irrigation in the Indian for crop production. Micro irrigation is in context. arid & semi arid regions as an effective 2. To identify the irrigation status water conservation & demand for different landholding. management measure to cope up with the www.ijar.org.in3 3 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected]
3. To discusses the source of The graphical presentations of net irrigation for the different landholdings. irrigated area and net sown area in 2000- Methodology: 01 and percentages are given from Table The present study is purely based on the – 1 during the 1995 – 96 to 2001. The secondary data. The data has been proportion of irrigated area to net area collected from the Department of sown for all categories of holdings was Agriculture and Cooperation, the other 38.9 percent in 2000-01 as compared to official and published data in journals 37.5 percent in 1995-96, i.e., an increase and books are also used. This study of about 1.4 percent. This indicates examined the irrigational sources in improved irrigation facilities during the India. The observations emanated from period between the two censuses. the study are as follows: Discussions and Results: Table 1 Category-wise Distribution of Net Irrigated Area and Net Area Sown 1995-96 and 2001 (Area in '000 ha.) Percentage of Sl. Net Irrigated Area Net Sown Area Major size Irrigated Area to Net No. classes 1995-96 2000-01 1995-96 2000-01 Area Sown 1995-96 2000-01 1 Marginal 12280 12383 24599 24259 49.92 51.04 2 Small 10576 10888 27389 27845 38.61 39.10 3 Semi-medium 12401 11928 34360 32594 36.09 36.60 4 Medium 12208 11542 35654 32006 34.24 36.06 5 Large 5490 4870 19059 15936 28.81 30.56 All Size Classes 52955 51611 141062 132640 37.54 38.91 Source: Agriculture Census 2001
The percentage of irrigated area to net sown area was the maximum for the marginal holdings which has increased from 49.9 percent during 1995-96 to 51.0 percent during 2000-01. The percentage of irrigated area to net sown area declined with the increase in the size of holdings and it was the lowest for the large holdings (30.6 percent) during the same Census. The percentage distribution of wholly irrigated, partly irrigated and wholly un-irrigated holdings and area by five major size classes during 2000-01 is given in Table – 2. In the case of fully irrigated holdings as much as 70.0 percent were in the marginal category followed by small (16.6 percent), semi-medium (8.9 percent), and medium (3.9 percent). The large holdings accounted for 0.6 percent. In terms of net area sown among the wholly irrigated holdings, as much as 27.5 per cent belonged to marginal category followed by small and semi- medium (about 22.0 per cent each), medium (20.1 per cent) and large (8.3 percent). Thus, under the category of wholly irrigated, both number of holdings and net sown area have decreased with the increase in the size of holdings. In the case of partly irrigated holdings also, the marginal holdings accounted for the highest share, viz., 42.5 percent which decreased with the increase in the size of holdings.
www.ijar.org.in4 4 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected]
Table – 2: Distribution of Landholdings by Wholly and Partly Irrigated in India 2000- 01. (Number in '000), (Area in '000 ha.)
Wholly un- Wholly irrigated Partly irrigated irrigated Sl. Major size Net Net Net No. classes No. of Net sown No. of No. of sown Irrigated sown holdings area holdings holdings area Area area 1 Marginal 27766 11174 5496 2388 1209 28064 10697 (70.01) (27.53) (42.48) (9.76) (10.97) (55.93) (15.83)
2 Small 6592 8874 3064 4151 2014 11249 14820 (16.62) (21.86) (23.74) (16.97) (18.28) (22.42) (21.93)
3 Semi-medium 3533 9023 2511 6309 2905 7017 17263 (8.91) (22.23) (19.45) (25.78) (26.37) (13.99) (25.54)
4 Medium 1538 8152 1535 7863 3390 3187 15990 (3.88) (20.08) (11.89) (32.14) (30.76) (6.35) (23.66)
5 Large 229 3369 300 3756 1501 659 8810 (0.58) (8.30) (2.33) (15.35) (13.62) (1.31) (13.04)
All Size 39658 40592 12907 24467 11018 50176 67581 Classes (100.00) (100.00) (100.00) (100.00) (100.00) (100.00) (100.00)
Note: (1) Totals may not tally due to rounding off. (2) Figures in brackets are percentages. Source: Agriculture Census 2001
Like earlier censuses, this census has sources (6.5 percent) and tanks (5.2 also details about the source of irrigation, percent). namely, canals, tanks, wells, tube-wells and other sources for which data were The distribution of area irrigated by collected. The distribution of source-wise different sources of irrigation according irrigated holdings and net irrigated area to five major size classes during for all social groups during Agriculture Agriculture Census 2000-01 may be seen Censuses 1995-96 and 2000-01 may be in the Table – 4. Tube wells were the seen in Table – 3. The maximum most important source of irrigation in proportion of holdings received irrigation terms of percentage of area irrigated in Agriculture Census 1995-96 was from from this source to the total irrigated tube wells (37.3 percent) followed by area (40.1 percent). The similar canals (26.7 percent), wells (17.9 percentages in the marginal, small, semi- percent), other sources (9.6 percent) and medium, medium and large categories of tanks (8.5 percent). The maximum area holdings were 43.8, 39.8, 39.7, 39.0 and was also irrigated by tube wells (37.3 35.2 respectively which showed a declined percent) followed by canals (30.4 trend as the size of holdings increased. percent), wells (20.7 percent), other
www.ijar.org.in5 5 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected]
Table – 3:Distribution of Source-wise Irrigated Holdings and Net Irrigated Area in Indian 1995-96 and 2000-01.(Number in '000) and (Area in '000 ha.) 1995-96 2000-01 Sl. Sources of Net Net Number of Number of No. Irrigation Irrigated Irrigated holdings* holdings* Area Area 1 Canals 1569 16079 13656 14577 (26.69) (30.36) (24.97) (28.25)
2 Tanks 5000 2727 4227 2258 (8.46) (5.15) (7.73) (4.37)
3 Wells 10587 10959 9672 9215 (17.92) (20.70) (17.69) (17.86)
4 Tube-wells 22049 19725 20398 20711 (37.32) (37.25) (37.31) (40.13)
5 Other Sources 5669 3465 6727 4849 (9.60) (6.54) (12.30) (9.40)
All Sources 59074 52955 54680 51611
(100.00) (100.00) (100.00) (100.00)
Source: Agriculture Census 2001 Note: (1) * This includes holdings irrigated by more than one source. However, the number of irrigated holdings was only 55.9 million and 52.6 million during 1995-96 and 2000-01 respectively. (2) The figures in brackets are percentages.
Table – 4: Irrigated area by source of irrigation in India by Major Size Classes of holdings 2000-01. (Area in '000 ha.) Area irrigated by Sl. Major size Other No. classes Canals Tanks Wells Tubewells Total sources
1 Marginal 3405 855 1295 5419 1409 12383
(27.50) (6.91) (10.46) (43.76) (11.38) (100.00)
2 Small 2929 587 1968 4335 1069 10888
(26.90) (5.39) (18.08) (39.82) (9.82) (100.00)
3 Semi-medium 3219 463 2496 4740 1010 11928
(26.99) (3.88) (20.92) (39.74) (8.47) (100.00)
4 Medium 3447 276 2506 4502 811 11542
(29.87) (2.39) (21.71) (39.00) (7.03) (100.00)
5 Large 1578 77 951 1715 550 4870
(32.39) (1.59) (19.52) (35.21) (11.29) (100.00)
All Size 14577 2258 9215 20711 4849 51611 Classes (28.25) (4.37) (17.86) (40.13) (9.40) (100.00)
Source: Agriculture Census 2001: Note: Figures in brackets are percentage of area irrigated by different sources to total area irrigated for each category of holdings.
www.ijar.org.in6 6 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected]
Canals were the next source of irrigation agriculture census 2000-01. The details after tube wells, which is evident from of the estimated number of wells and the fact that the area irrigated by this tube-wells during 1995-96 and 2000-01 source was 28.3 per cent of the total may be seen in separate Table 5 irrigated area against 40.1 per cent by respectively. tube wells. The percentage of irrigated It may be observed from Table 5 area to the total irrigated area by canals that sufficiently large number of wells i.e. increased with the increase of the size of 25.6 percent were out of use and the rest holdings from small holdings to large 74.4 per cent were in use fitted with holdings, by virtue of the percentages either pumpsets or otherwise. The total being 27.5, 26.9, 27.0, 29.9 and 32.4 in numbers of wells within the operational marginal, small, semi-medium, medium holdings were estimated to be about 11.8 and large holdings. In the case of wells, million, out of which 3.0 million were not the percentage distribution over different in use during 2000-01. The total numbers size groups of holdings varied from 10.5 of wells during 1995-96 within the percent in the case of marginal holdings operational holdings were estimated to be to 21.7 percent in the case of medium 11.3 million out of which 3.24 million or holdings. The details regarding the 28.0 percent were not in use. About 0.6 number of wells and tube-wells used for million wells have increased from 1995- agricultural purposes were collected in 96 to 2000-01.
The numbers of wells not in use marginal holdings i.e. 36.1 percent which have decreased by about 0.13 million decreased with the increase in the size of during this period. Among the different holdings except large which means that size classes, the highest proportion of larger holdings keep better maintenance wells not in use were observed among of their wells. About 63 percent of the www.ijar.org.in7 7 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] total wells were fitted with pump sets for percent during 1995-96. The rest of the all categories of holdings. The lowest tubewells i.e. 43.0 per cent were run by proportion was found amongst the diesel in 2000-01 against 50.6 per cent in marginal holdings (49.1 percent) which 1995-96. The highest proportion of increased with the increase in the size of electric tubewells used was found among holdings except in large. the large holdings (72.7 per cent) which The distribution of tubewells, declined with the decrease in the size of both electric and diesel according to holdings, an opposite trend was observed major size classes may be seen in Table 6. in case of diesel powered tubewells in The electric powered tubewells were Agriculture Census 2000-01 i.e. the use of commonly used which was about 57.0 tubewells run by diesel decreased with percent during 2000-01 against 49.4 the increase in the size of holdings.
Conclusion and Suggestion to identify the status of different landholdings and third one is to discuss The foregoing analysis reveals the the source of irrigation facilities for different issues on the agriculture and different landholdings. These two irrigational facilities available to the objectives have been analysed in the farmers during the first decade of New discussion part. In the discussion part, Economic Reforms in India. The study the study under taken 6 tables with the carried out with three objectives, to study secondary source of data by the the importance of agriculture and agricultural census 2001. The net area irrigation, it is discussed in the sown for all categories of holdings was introduction part, the second objective is 38.9 percent in 2000-01 as compared to www.ijar.org.in8 8 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected]
37.5 percent in 1995-96, during the study Technological Change in Bangladesh Rice period in the first decade of economic Production. American Journal of reforms, the increased irrigation area is Agricultural Economics 74(1): 144-57. about 1.4 per cent only. Fully irrigated 2. Alagh, Y. K. 2001. Water and landholdings as much as 70.0 per cent Food Security in South Asia. and the rest of the land is partially International Journal of Water Resources irrigated, in the both aspects the Development 17(1): 23-36. marginal landholdings are at significant 3. FAO (Food and Agriculture level. The net irrigated area by partly Organization (Content source); Jim irrigated holdings increased with the Kundell (Topic Editor). 2007. “Water increase in the size of holdings up to profile of Sudan.” In: Encyclopedia of medium size group of holdings. The un- Earth. Eds. Cutler J. Cleveland irrigated holdings decreased with the (Washington, D.C.: Environmental increase in the size of holdings, the Information Coalition, National Council marginal being 55.9 per cent and the for Science and the Environment). [First large only 1.3 per cent. Maximum percent published in the Encyclopedia of Earth of landholdings received irrigation from March 19, 2007; Last revised March 25, tube well followed by canals, wells and 2007; Retrieved January 28, 2008]. other in 1995 - 96 and in 2001 census Available at canal, tanks and well irrigation has come www.eoearth.org/article/Water_profile_of down, tube wells and other sources are _Sudan. increased is a significant way. The pump 4. World Bank. 2006. Managing set as the means of irrigation has Water Resources to Maximize increased between the two census years. Sustainable Growth: A World Bank Electrical power has remarkable change Water Resource Assistance Strategy for as positive and the diesel pump set have Ethiopia. Agriculture and Rural decreased during the study period. Thus Development Department, World Bank. the study covered all the objectives and it 5. Department of Agriculture and can be concluded that, the irrigational Cooperation GTC e Governance. source have to be strengthen through the 6. Agricultural Census 2001. cooperative water management societies. 7. Planning Commission of India. There is a need to provide sufficient 8. Ministry of Water Resources facilities to purchase irrigational (2005) instruments on the subsidised prices and 9. Sen M. (2006): Micro Irrigation in also free supply of power to small and Arid and Semi-arid Regions – Guidelines marginal farmers to overcome their debt for Planning and Design. Israel Export & burden in the rural areas. International Cooperation Institute, Tel- Aviv References: 10. Ramachandran, V. (2010) Bauer, Carl J., 1998. ‘Against the Textbook of, Asian Books (P) Ltd, India. Current: Privatization, Water Markets, 11. Vaidyanathan A (1992) Report of and the State in Chile’. the committee on pricing of irrigation Boston: Kluwer Academic Publishers water., Planning Commission, 1. Ahmed, A. U.; Sampath, R. K. Government of India, New Delhi. 1992. Effects of Irrigation-induced
www.ijar.org.in9 9 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected]
Impact of Commodity Exchanges in India: Case of MCX in India
Dr.Perumula Gopinath, Associate Professor, Center for Study of Developing Economies, School of Social Sciences, Tata Institute of Social Sciences (Mumbai)
Abstract: Most of our understanding and analysis of financial markets gets restricted to stocks, bonds, debentures etc. at the neglect of other growing financial institutions and markets. One such market which is less understood and investigated is the Commodities Market. Post 2008 Global Financial Meltdown Crisis, has witnessed a phenomenal growth of Commodity Futures Markets in India and are emerging as tools of price discovery, hedging price risk and as an investment avenue. This paper is based on a field data collected across India to investigate the people involved in value chain of commodities like bullion, mentha oil, cotton, potato, cardamom, pulses, petroleum, base metals and facilitators like traders, intermediaries, IT service providers, researchers and educators. This research captures the hitherto unexplored knowledge domain of Commodity Markets and its impact on Socio-Economic aspects like price discovery, price risk management, employment generation, income generation, investment of the income generated and women's empowerment. The main ground for this investigation is to take stock of the benefits generated and at the same time look at some pain points and opportunities to realise untapped potential.
Key words: agricultural commodities, non-ferrous, healthy sign
Introduction: nor merchants were happy with this A market where commodities are traded situation since they could not predict is referred to as a commodity market. what the prices would be on a given day These commodities include bullion (gold, or in a given season. It was in this silver), non-ferrous (base) metals such as context that farmers and food grain copper, zinc, nickel, lead, aluminium, tin, merchants in Chicago started negotiating energy (crude oil, natural gas, etc.), for future supplies of grains in exchange agricultural commodities such as soya oil, of cash at a mutually agreeable price. palm oil, coffee, pepper, cashew, etc. This effectively started the system of Existence of a vibrant, active, and liquid commodity market forward contracts, commodity market is normally which subsequently led to futures market considered as a healthy sign of too. Chicago Board of Trade (CBOT) was development of a country's economy. established in Chicago in 1848 to bring Growth of a transparent commodity farmers and merchants together. It market is a sign of development of an started active trading in future-type of economy. It is therefore important to contracts in 1865. have active commodity markets functioning in a country. In traditional The government appointed four different markets, shortage of a commodity in a committees (Shroff Committee in 1950, given season would lead to increase in Dantwala Committee in 1966, Khusro price for the commodity. Neither farmers Committee in 1979, and Kabra www.ijar.org.in10 10 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected]
Committee in 1993) to go into the such as base metals and energy) have regualtory aspects of forward and futures been subject to price volatility in trading in India. In 1996, the World Bank international markets, since India is in association with United Nations largely a net importer of such Conference on Trade and Development commodities. Commodity derivatives (UNCTAD) conducted a study of Indian exchanges have been established with a commodities markets. view to minimize risks associated with such price volatility. Three nationwide In the post-liberalization era of the electronic exchanges and 21 recognized Indian economy, it was the Kabra regional commodities exchanges in India Committee and the World Bank- had an estimated total combined UNCTAD study that finally assessed the turnover of Rs.27,39,000 crores for the scope for forward and futures tradingin year 2006-2007. This has been a quantum commodities markets in India and leap from Rs.1,29,000 crores in 2003- recommended steps to revitalize futures 2004. Still, there is a large scope for trading. increase in volume of futures trading in India. There is a huge domestic market for commodities in India since India Established in 2003 at the backdrop of consumes a major portion of its the financial sector reforms MCX today agricultural produce locally. Indian stands out as a good standard for growth, commodities market has an excellent diversity and inclusion in the Indian growth potential and has created good financial sector. MCX has connected opportunities for market players. India is people from the remotest of the villages the world's leading producer of more than and busiest metros in India with 15 agricultural commodities and is also commodity markets across the globe ad the world's largest consumer of edible oils while doing so it has championed the and gold. It has major markets in regions spirit of local enterprise and of urban conglomeration (cities and entrepreneurship. It has proved that towns) and nearly 7,500 plus agricultural world class financial institution can be produce Marketing Cooperative (APMC) created. In India, whether the vision of mandis. To add to this, there is a network development has Indian requirements of 27,000 plushaats (rural bazaars) that holding center stage. By India whether are seasonal market places of various market strategies envisaged by Indian commodities. These marketplaces play enterprises for market development and host to a variety of commodities growth are envisaged and prevent by everyday. The commodity trade segment Indian enterprises and employs more than five million traders. entrepreneurships. For India where Many of these commodities would be benefits percolate to Indian farmers, traded on the futures markets as food- enterprises and people. processing industry grows at a phenomenal pace. In fact trading volumes on commodity exchanges come entirely from the local With the liberalization of the Indian farmers and indigenous enterprises as economy in 1991, the commodity prices bank, mutual funds and FII not yet (especially international commodities permitted to trade in this platform. MCX www.ijar.org.in11 11 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] has developed comprehensive eco system captures the hitherto unexplored of services these include discovery of knowledge domain of Commodity future purposes, spot prices production, Markets and its impact on Socio- production planning, choice of market, Economic aspects like price discovery, distribution and delivery, storage, market price risk management, employment knowledge, risk management and ware generation, income generation, house receipt based financing. investment of the income generated and women's empowerment. It has also Methodology and Data influenced growth of infrastructure, IT To capture the extent of the impact of and IT enabled services, new generation commodity markets on any socio- entrepreneurs/traders, innovations in economic aspects would be a herculean products. task as the scope of the impact and the population is unknown. After a lot of Primary Agriculture Products initial brain storming with the experts in In the agriculture sector, it has developed the field of commodities, we ventured to comprehensive eco system of services undertake an in-depth study at all India these include discovery of future prices, level. As locations were diverse the study spot prices, production planning, choice team visited most of the places in India of market, distribution and delivery, like Rajkot, Gondal, Jalgaon, Agra, storage, market knowledge, risk Moradabad, Chandausi, Chennai, management and ware house receipt Kolkata, Bangalore, Kerala, Mumbai and based financing. Ahmadabad to administer the The other significant observations in the questionnaires. This also ensured that field investigation are, first, the growth of flow of the information is uniform, awareness among farmers about the 'fair authentic and could be cross verified by prices' after the promotion of 'real time' existing information to affirm the price dissemination in the major arguments presented by the respondents. mandies/APMCs. Decision making by Photography with prior permission was farmers is now more broad based; today a used extensively to present the study farmer is more aware about what to sow visually. and when to sell the products (given that there is storage capacity) due to futures The beauty of the field investigation is market information presented to her/him that it throws up many findings which at their door step through media and are normally lost when we merely analyse communication. only the secondary data.This paper is based on a field data collected across Haji Naeem (Small Mentha Farmer): India to investigate the people involved in “Till a few years back, there was no value chain of commodities like bullion, access to mobiles and the internet. Prices mentha oil, cotton, potato, cardamom, were literally dictated down to us by local pulses, petroleum, base metals and middleman. Now, we have access to facilitators like traders, intermediaries, current prices that are being quoted IT service providers, researchers and online”. educators. A questionnaire was developed to capture various aspects of the Bullion Market : There has been a commodity eco-system. This research definite impact of commodity market as a www.ijar.org.in12 12 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] platform for high price risk volatility Suraj Chawla (SME Aluminum management in bullion, base metals and Utensils Manufacturer): “For 100% energy products. With the futures market market share for house hold utensils. platform of high risk management, a Small scale industry creates almost 50- number of producers have survived the 60%, worldwide. Which is quiet a huge high price volatility arising out of Post number. The MCX has now come up with 2008 Global Financial Meltdown Crisis. If another platform where one can trade we want to calculate the direct benefits aluminum which I think being a arising out of hedging on electronic manufacturer is quiet beneficial over the exchanges, the calculations would be period of time where we can foresee what astronomical. Hedging has also protected the price is, try and fix a rate, inturn the loss of income to the producers and which will benefit us. So, that we know paved way to expand their business our marginsare fixed”. without much hassles. Hemant Pathak (Senior Export In the words of H.P.Rajdev (Gold Manager, Jindal Alluminium): “MCX Importer & Trader):“Another advantage provides one platform to give a hedging for the jwellery remains that he sells the or to make hedging and then safe guard jwellery in the market, He relalizes that the raw materials cost at least from the 100% value of the jwellery.On the other fluctuationand then offer the clients hand when he covers his position in the abroad a uniform price for longer period MCX. He hedges his entire position at of validity”. just 5% of the margin. So, 95% of the money will remain with him as long as he Major Impacts of the Commodity is not physically buying gold form the Exchanges: How MCX achieved this market.” remarkable feet has been the result of many well timed innovations. It Base Metals: The benefits of MCX introduced in Indian commodity market. extend beyond agricultural commodities. It foreside in operating low hedging costs A plethora of stakeholder ranging from ensuring wide scale adaptation by SMEs, enterprises to corporate trading participants thus benefited the entire houses across the entire the length and economy. In fact the cost of hedging on breadth of the real economy have also MCX is comparable or even lower than benefitted. Global prices of commodities commodity exchanges in Chicago, Jiang have witness unprecedented volatility Jhai, Dalian, and Winnipeg. over the last few years this has put an immense burden on lacks of SMEs and Employment Generation: Its record in other small entrepreneurs who depended contribution to jobs and numerous others on this commodities as raw materials. It economic opportunities is equally staller. is MCX which introduced efficient and This is made possible by the nation transparent hazing tools for this widened infrastructure of trading commodities and this has unable this terminals set up by MCX. Looking at the business to combat and absorb the impact employment generation estimates reveal of this fluctuations. Few observations by that, there are 350000 trading terminals the manufacturers is presented here, in the country, assuming 2 persons works across two shifts, this ends up to 700000 www.ijar.org.in13 13 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] people.And an average of 1.5 persons as warehousing facilities across India by support staff (IT, back office, compliance, MCX in cotton, mentha etc. accounting) around each terminal and this number ends up to million jobs Information Technology (IT and IT created and if one looks the score of enabled services): When we visited indirect job created this number will be different places, one thing which was in the region of 2 to 3 million. striking was the impact of IT & telecommunications along with the Other related jobs identified in the growth of electronic exchanges on income primary survey include risk managers, and employment generation. They have insurance, utility suppliers, info vending thrown open tremendous employment services, hospitality services, trade and income opportunities for traders, associations, software solutions and sub-brokers, franchises, commodity vendors, casual workers & warehouses, analysts, software developers, hardware stationary providers, media and news (as part of trading terminals), increase in services, government departments, network service providers, corporate treasurer desks, research media&communication and text analyst, IT providers, warehouse receipt messaging & 'real-time price' service financing, quality control and check, ware providers. The volumes of employment houses, sales managers, regulators, and income generation is something godown keepers, financial advisors, which needs to be investigated in a more external auditors, communications, scientific way through proper sampling infrastructure developers, transportation design in future to capture a broad based workers, training providers, it support, socio economic impact of the commodity exchange traded fund, security personnel, markets. events and special programme, compliance officers, attributors, back New Generation Entrepreneurs/ office executive.women's presence which Traders: Commodity markets are was hitherto abysmal has expanded in facilitating the growth of a new fields of trading, research, teaching, front generation of entrepreneurs. In the field and back office management and in IT investigation it is found that a number of enabled services. brokers, traders and producers are first generation economic beneficiaries of the Growth of Infrastructure: There has commodity markets, who have expanded been a sustainable growth of business with growing opportunities. infrastructure - cold storages, vaults, transport and logistics associated with Innovations in information the expansion of commodity markets. dissemination: A key innovation by Infrastructure expansion has also MCX in connecting farmers with the contributed to the growth of sustained modern commodity market was the employment and income generation. For GraminSuvidha Kendra (GSK) set up in example in the field visit of Agra it is collaboration with India post. Today it observed that the cold storages for spans six state and thousands of farmers potatoes had gone up from mere 20 in through 575 branch post offices. 2008 to 200 by 2012-13. There has also SheetalSuryavanshi (Post Master) been expansion of storage and explained the process, “we receive a copy www.ijar.org.in14 14 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] of the price list through post office. NSEL, except that both share a promoter Thereafter, the prices are written on the — Financial Technologies. However, as board for all the farmers and traders to MCX too operates in commodities see”. LaxmanBaburaoPatil (Cotton trading, this event lead to tighter farmer) said “the GSK indicates if the regulatory scrutiny of the latter. The markets are bullish or not. I can then Government is said to be readying new decide if I need to sell or hold onto my regulations to govern spot exchanges to produce”. SanjaPatil (GSK coordinator) plug these loopholes. It removed the explained that, “we hold meeting with promoters from the MCX management farmers to explain the price information and has fixed the SEBI as regulator for system. Farmers are provided with seeds the same. The new management is to enhance product quality”. appointed by the Government of India to continue the working of MCX. By 2016 Increase in Tax collection: Increased the stock price and business of MCX has contribution towards the government been regaining its old stature. Worldwide, exchequer through various direct and commodity markets account for five indirect taxes, collected along with the times the volumes of equity markets, and expansion of commodity trading. since this is not yet the situation in India, However precise tax contribution to the there is great potential in the sector. This exchequer is not conclusively known, study was conducted to get basic insights therefore it requires validation through into commodity market scenario across further scientific investigation. value chains of different commodities. Conclusion: Despite this demonstrated Further studies on the socio-economic success some doubts still in role and impact of commodity markets would functioning of commodity exchanges. In facilitate the informed introduction of 2013, NSEL scam of Rs 5,600-crore came many innovations of financial into lime lite and that had an impact on instruments like options trading etc. the MCX trading. Data from the Forward References Markets Commission - the regulatory body for commodity futures trading - FTKMC (2006): ‘An insight into the shows that MCX had a market share of Commodity Derivative Markets’, Third 89 per cent in the first fortnight of April Edition, Published by FTKMC, Multi 2013, and this shrank to 75 per cent by Commodity Exchange (MCX). the end of December 2013. There is no direct connection between MCX and
www.ijar.org.in15 15 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected]
Inter-State Variations in the Incidence of Poverty in the Post-reforms India
Dr.A.Kavita, Asst.Prof of Economics,GDCW, Khammam
Abstract: India has been one of the fastest growing economies in the world achieving GDP growth rates at 7 to 8 percent. However, Poverty still stares at the masses, mostly, in rural areas, Poverty is multi-dimensional in nature and so different policy interventions are needed to eradicate it. The dream of India to become one of the Super powers in the medium term lies in its ability to drive out poverty. Key words: anti-poverty, employment generation, inter-state variations Introduction: Committee recommended in 1993 that poverty lines are to be calculated for each Poverty in India has a historical state / UT in view of the wide variations legacy at the base due to the colonial rule in the economic and living conditions. of about two centuries. Even since India Objectives: got independence, the National The basic objective of this Government has been striving to reduce paper is to examine the trends in the it through planned development and incidence of poverty with emphasis on employment generation programmes the post-reforms period. Variations in the besides specific anti-poverty measures. incidence of poverty among the states Poverty rate in India had been decreasing and UTs with the latest data are also in the 50s, 60s, 70s and in 1987-88, before analysed. the Economic Reforms it was 38.9 percent. Over the years, methods of Materials and Methods: Data is poverty computation have been changing purely secondary collected from the and the poverty line went on publications of the Government of India, modifications. The figures published by Reserve Bank of India and other the planning commission reveals that institutions. Simple tools of research poverty rate in 2004-05 was 37.2 percent analysis like averages and percentages and it decreased further to 29.8 percent are used to interpret data. in 2009-10. Rural poverty is relatively Review of Earlier Studies: more when compared to urban poverty in Researchers academicians specialized both 2004-05 and 2009-10. committee, Reserve Bank of India and In its annual reports of 2012 other institutions and Inter-National Reserve bank of India has provided organizations like World Bank and IMF poverty statistics for rural, urban and have analysed “Poverty” from different combined, percentages of the people dimensions over the years. Angus Deaton below the poverty line (BPL) for each and Jean Drezz (2002)in their study have state or union territory. Against this presented a new set of poverty and background an attempt is made in this inequality estimates for India state-wise research paper to examine the inter-state for 1987-88, 1993-94 and 1999-2000. variations in the incidence of poverty in Poverty estimates in their study are the post-reforms India. In this connection consistent with per-capita expenditure, it is pertinent to note that the Lakdawala state domestic product and real www.ijar.org.in16 16 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] agricultural wages. The study reveals investment, software exports, primary that the trends in the poverty decline in health and education. the 1990’s have been in line with the The studies on poverty by P.D earlier trends. However, regional Ojha (1967-68), Dandekar and Rath disparities increased in the 1990s with (1968-69), B.S Minhas (1967-67), P.K the southern and western state doing Bardhan (1968-69) Montek Ahluwalia much better than the Northern and (1977), Gaurav Dutt and Martin Eastern stated. The study has also noted Ravallion (1989), Minhas et.al (1991), economic inequalities between urban and Planning Commission (1997) and rural areas by taking health and S.Mahendra Dev and C.Ravi (2004-05) education indicators. are significant in the poverty studies. Rodrik (1999) states that This research paper makes an openness in trade and investment is not attempt to analyze the incidence of an effective mechanism to achieve poverty in India first and then focuses on sustained economic growth as it can lead the interstate variations in the incidence to economic inequalities and external of poverty across the state/UTs in India shocks. Internal pressures of this nature by using the latest data published by the initiate domestic conflicts and economic Reserve Bank of India. instability. Further, Rodrink empirically suggests that import substitution Analysis:- strategies followed by many developing Incidence of poverty declined countries worked well earlier. He also sharply in the 1980s. In the post-reform questions the validity of evidence in era also it has declined at a slow pace. favour of free trade and less government Concepts, definitions and calculating intervention. mechanisms have changed. As such Jha Raghavendra (2000) analysed estimates of poverty vary since the poverty and inequality in 14 major methodologies of calculation are states of India. The study concludes that different. National Institute of Rural the regional inequalities have not shown Development has given its estimates as any falling tendency. The co-efficient of follows. the rural head count ratio has been Table-I increasing over time and there is a Percentage of Poor in India Since greater dispersion of rural poverty across 1973 states. Year Percentage of Poor Nirupam Bajpai and Jeffrey 1973-74 54.9 D.Sachs in their study divided the Indian 1977-78 51.3 states into three category; Reform 1983 44.5 oriented, intermediate reformers and 1987-88 38.9 lagging reformers. They conclude that 1993-94 36.0 the reform oriented state like Andhra 1999-2000 26.1 Pradesh, Maharastra, Karnataka, 2004 23.6 Gujarat and Tamilnadu are the fastest Source:National Institute of Rural growing states in the post-reform period. Development (2004); Rural Development Further, the study reveals that these Statistics (2002-03) states have performed better in terms of socio-economic indicators like foreign www.ijar.org.in17 17 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected]
Data shows that more than half and 2009-10 based on the reports of the of the Indians were poor in the 1970s. Expert group to review the methodology Poverty gradually decreased and became for estimation of poverty. These less than one fourth in 2004. Reduction of estimates reveal poverty ratios for the poverty in the post-reforms period is states and union territories. Data is significant. presented in Table-II here under. However, planning commission has estimated poverty ratios for 2004-05
Table-II: Incidence of Poverty in 2004-05 and 2009-10 State / UT wise % of Poverty % of Poverty State State 2004-05 2009-10 2004-05 2009-10 A.P 29.9 21.1 Maharastra 38.1 24.5 Arunachal 31.1 25.9 Manipur 38.1 47.1 Pradesh Assam 34.4 37.9 Meghalaya 16.1 17.1 Bihar 54.4 53.5 Mizoram 15.3 21.1 Chattisgarh 49.4 48.7 Nagaland 9.0 20.9 Delhi 13.1 14.2 Orissa 57.2 37.0 Goa 25.0 8.7 Pondicherry 14.2 1.2 Gujarat 31.0 23.0 Punjab 20.9 15.9 Haryana 24.1 20.1 Rajasthan 34.4 24.8 Himachal 22.9 9.5 Sikkhim 31.1 13.1 J & K 13.2 9.4 Tamilnadu 40.6 17.1 Jharkhand 45.3 39.1 Tripura 40.5 17.4 Karnataka 33.4 23.6 U.P 40.9 37.7 Kerala 49.7 12.0 Uttarakhand 32.3 18.0 M.P 48.6 36.7 West Bengal 34.3 26.7 All India 37.2 29.8 Source: Planning Commission 2009 and 2012 reports Figures in the table reveal that Reserve Bank of India in its poverty at the National level has Annual Reports of 2012 has provided decreased from 37.2 percent to 29.8 poverty statistics, state wise and UT percent between 2004-05 and 2009-10. It wise. The data shows that poverty ratio is evident that some states and Union for the Nation is 21.92 percent while Goa territories have performed extremely well with just 5.09 percent of poverty is at the in reducing poverty. Goa, Himachal top. The States / UTS are grouped into Pradesh, Kerala, Pandicherry, Tamil three categories viz A; B and C. Nadu, Tripura and Uttarkhand are the UTS/States with less than 12 percent of fore runners in reducing poverty while a poverty ratio are in A; 12 to 22 percent in few like Bihar, Chattisgarh, Assam, , B and above 30 percent are in category Manipur and Uttar Pradesh Laa behind. “C”. In other words A, B category units Other states and UTS are also in the are below the National Average of comfortable zone as to the reduction of poverty while “C” category units are poverty. above average.
www.ijar.org.in18 18 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected]
Table-III (A): The States / UTs with less National level which is 21.92. Among than 12 percent of Poverty Ration them a few are close to category. “A” and State / UTs Poverty majority of them have the incidence at Ration less than 20 percent. Goa 5.09 Category “C” States / UTS are Andaman and 1.0 given here under where poverty ratios Nicobar Islands are higher than the National Average. Andhra Pradesh 9.20 These states have to design and Haryana 11.16 implement proper strategies to reduce Himachal Pradesh 8.06 the incidence of poverty. J & K 10.35 Kerala 7.05 Table – III (C): States / UTs with above Meghalaya 11.87 22 percent of Poverty Ratio Punjab 8.26 States / UTs Poverty Ratio Sikkim 8.19 Arunachal Pradesh 34.67 Tamil Nadu 11.28 Assam 31.98 Uttarakhand 11.26 Bihar 33.74 Daman and Diu 9.86 Chattisgarh 39.93 Delhi 9.91 Jharkhand 36.96 Lakshadweep 2.77 Source: RBI Report (2012) Madhya Pradesh 31.65 Majority of the states in category Manipur 36.89 “A” above performed well in the Odisha 32.59 reduction of poverty as shown in Table-II Dadra and Nagar 39.31 earlier. The incidence of poverty in the Haveli Uttar Pradesh 29.43 category A States / Uts is not of serious Source: RBI report (2012) nature and it would be wiped out in the short term with appropriate strategies. Six of the ten units in this category have more then 1/3 of their Table-III (B):States / UTs within 12 to population stepped in poverty. 22 percent of Poverty Ratios Chattisgarh is at the top in having more State / UTs Poverty Ratio poor people followed by Dadra and Nagar Gujarat 16.63 Haveli, Jharkhand and Manipur. Uttar Karnataka 20.91 Pradesh is at the bottom with the lowest Maharastra 17.35 percentage of poor. However, Bihar, Chattisgarh, Madhya Pradesh, Mizoram 20.40 Jharkhand and Uttar Pradesh are among Nagaland 18.88 the major states of India afflicted by Rajasthan 14.72 poverty. Tripura 14.05 Findings:- West Bengal 19.98 1) Poverty in India had declined Chandigarh 21.81 Source : RBI report (2012) considerably from 54.9 percent in 1973- 74 to 20+ percent by 2012. All the States / UTS in B category are below the poverty ratio at the www.ijar.org.in19 19 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected]
2) Different methods of calculations 2. Poverty in India – wikipedia web- and estimates are unanimous in showing https//en wikipedia org / wiki/ the decline in poverty. 3. Planning Commission Reports – 3) Incidence of poverty varies across 2009 and 2012. the states and UTs in India. Goa, 4. Mahendra Dev, C.Ravi (2008) “ Pandicherry, Kerala, Punjab are at one Revising Estimates of Poverty”. extreme end with little incidence while “Economic and Political Weekly” Marth Chattisgarh, Jharkhand and Bihar are at 8th. the other end with higher levels in excess 5. Rudrik (1999) “Making openness of 30 percent. work; the New Global Economy and the 4) Of the 34 States / UTs reviewed Developing Countries”. The overseas in this study 25 are below the National Development Council; Washington, DC average of poverty in 2012. Incidence of 6. Jha Raghavendra (2000), growth poverty in these States / UTS is less than inequality and poverty in India – Spatial 22 percent. and Temporal Characteristics Economic 5) Lag behind states like Bihar, and Political weekly, March 11 Madhya Pradesh, Odisha, Chattisgarh, 7. NirupamBajpai and Jeffrey Jharkhand and Uttar Pradesh have to D.Sachs (1999). “The progress of policy tighten their belts to eradicate poverty Reforms and the variations in through policy designs. performances at the sub-national level in Conclusion:- India Development Discussion”. Paper Poverty becomes more glaring in no.730. Harvard University. India since a section of the society is deprived of the basic minimum needs of life while the elite enjoy a luxurious life. It involves socio-economic and political deprivations as the poor lack education, skills, health services and a comfortable living. They are denied minimum standard of living, not to speak of decent standard of living. India has been one of the fastest growing economies in the world achieving GDP growth rates at 7 to 8 percent. However, Poverty still stares at the masses, mostly, in rural areas, Poverty is multi-dimensional in nature and so different policy interventions are needed to eradicate it. The dream of India to become one of the Super powers in the medium term lies in its ability to drive out poverty. References:- 1. Angus Deaton, Jeam Dreze (2002) “Economic and Political weekly, September,7th. www.ijar.org.in20 20 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected]
Declining Institutional Credit to Agriculture in the Reforms Period
A.Venkata Ramesh, Asst.Prof of Economics, Govt. Degree College, Sathupally
Abstract: Despite the significant expansion of financial institutions in India the quantum of credit provided to the farm sector by them is inadequate. At present Indian agricultural needs higher investment to adopt new technologies. Agricultural production depends on the availability of timely credit. The credit needs of the marginal and small farmers who are in majority are to be addressed by the institutional sources, especially, commercial banks and co-operatives. The co-operative credit structure is to be revamped to make it effective in serving the credit requirements of the farmers. Indian farmer always faces uncertainties from weather, pests, market oscillations and the support prices decided by the government. It is to be accepted by all those concerned with economic development that agriculture is the prime mover of the economy. Key words: support prices, family expenditure, pay off Introduction: sources comprise money lenders, traders, commission agents, relatives and friends. Farmers in India are in the need Interest rates charged by the money of credit for short period of less than 15 lenders, commission agents and traders months for cultivating crops and for are high with stringent terms of meeting family expenditure. They need repayment. medium term credit ranging between 15 The financial sector reforms as months to 5 years to make improvements part of overall economic reforms have of the land and to purchase cattle and weakened the flow of institutional credit other agricultural equipment. Sometimes to agriculture. Prior to liberalization, they need credit to buy additional land, to Nationalization of Banks in 1969 made pay off old debts, and to purchase credit available to the farm sector on agricultural machinery like tractor and priority basis along with Co-operatives. pump sets. Credit requirements of the Narasimham Committee report on Indian farmers are productive and financial reforms (1992) recommended unproductive. Productive purposes dilution of priority sector lending include agricultural inputs and including agriculture by the commercial improvements to the farms while banks. Though priority lending to unproductive purposes are in the form of agriculture has not been totally removed celebration of marriages, education of the commercial banks evinced little interest children, health related expenditure, in providing agricultural credit sticking court cases and religious functions. to the commercial norms. Agricultural in Indian farmers depend on institutional India has been facing credit crunch and non-institutional sources for credit. amidst crop failures and uncertain and Co-operative banks, commercial banks un-remunerative prices. Non- and Regional Rural Banks are the Institutional sources of credit demanding institutional agencies which charge low higher rates of interest have forced the rates of interest. Non-institutional farmers into distress leading to crop www.ijar.org.in21 21 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] holdidays and growing suicides. Regional more than half of the work-force in India rural banks have also adopted are engaged is it as the principal commercial principle and the co-operative occupation. Kumari (2005) contends that credit has been shrinking. Its share in modern technology under Green total institutional agricultural credit Revolution has necessitated more capital decreased from 59 percent in 1980-81 for building farm infrastructure and to23.8 percent in 2008-09. Rural meeting operational cost. Kaur (2012) branches of the commercial banks were opines that borrowings from the farm 58.2 percent of the total branches in 1990 households are indispensable due to and they decreased to 36.9 percent by floods, droughts and other natural 2012. The share of agriculture in total calamities. Rupindar Kaur and Bank credit decreased from 15 percent in Karamjeet Kaur (2013) have analysed the 1991-92 to 12.2 percent in 2011-12. problem of indebtedness among the All these trends show that the marginal and small farmers in Kaithal lending by the institutions to the farmers district of Haryana. It is noted that has been affected considerably. This majority of the farmers have borrowed research paper analyses the institutional loan amounts to purchase farm inputs credit flow to the farm sector in the post- and to meet family expenditure. reforms era. Expenditure income gap constrains the Objectives:- farmers to divert the loan amounts for 1) To examine the trends in the credit unproductive use. NSSO (2003) data flow of the commercial banks to the farm- reveals that the adherence to the sector in the post reforms period. commercial performance by the 2) To find out the trends in the credit commercial banks has become a provision to the agricultural sector by the constraints on bank credit to agriculture. cooperatives. Narasimham Committee of Financial 3) To find out the relative shares of Reforms (1992) recommended for the institutional and non-institutional credit dilution of priority sector lending, between 1951 and 2002. including agriculture. Instead of expansion some of the commercial banks closed the rural branches. Consequently Materials and Methods: Data is farmers depend on money lenders and secondary collected from Handbook of traders for loans accepting to pay statistics on Indian Economy RBI (2012) exorbitant rates of interest. The All India and the Report of Expert group on Debt and investment survey (1981) Agricultural Indebtedness (2007). Simple reveals that the share of non- averages and percentages shall be used institutional sources in total credit while analyzing the data. decreased from 93 percent to 37 percent Review of Literature: in 1981 and money lenders accounted for Singh et al (2012) in their study 16 percent. Data Analysis: state that the share of agriculture in Total bank branches, GDP has declined from over half at the rural branches and their share in the time of independence to less than one total bank branches in India are fifth at present, agriculture still remain presented for selected years in the Table- the prominent sector in terms of I. employment and income generation as www.ijar.org.in22 22 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected]
Table-I: Bank Branches and Rural Branches Percentage of Rural Year Total Branches Rural Branches Branches 1991 60,220 33,206 58.5 1995 62,367 33,004 52.9 2000 64,939 32,857 50.6 2005 68,355 32,082 46.9 2010 85,324 32,525 38.1 2011 90,620 33,800 37.3 2012 97,111 35,850 36.9 Source: Hank Book of statistics on Indian Economy, RBI (2011-12) Figures in the table reveal and prudential norms. Rural branches interesting facts on the expansion of bank provide credit to farm activities and with branches. It is noted that the increase in the decrease in their number credit flow the bank branches between 1991 and to agriculture is affected and the farmers 2012 is 61.3 percent. But the increase in are pushed to the non-institutional the rural branches in 2012 over 1991 is sources. just 8 percent. If taken in percentage Trends in the agricultural credit terms rural branches decreased from 58.5 provided by the commercial banks as percent to 36.9 percent during the post- percentages of total bank credit are reforms period. It implies Urban and presented in Table-II. Semi-Urban branches of the banks have increased from 41.5 percent to 63.1 percent under the commercial concern Table-II: Shares of Agriculture as a Proportion of Total Bank Credit Year Shares of Agriculture 1991-92 15.0 1995-96 12.2 2000-01 12.1 2005-06 12.4 2009-2010 13.7 2010-2011 12.6 2011-2012 12.2 Source: Hank Book of statistics on Indian Economy, RBI (2011-12) It can be found from the data lending have under gone changes in the that the share of lending to agriculture in era of reforms. the total was 15 percent in 1991-92, the Cooperatives provide credit to the year of reforms. Althrough, credit to farmers and they assumed importance as agricultural sector has been less than 15 a source of institutional credit. Trends in percent except in 2009-10. The reluctance the cooperative credit to agriculture are of the commercial banks in providing given in Table-III. credit to agriculture is evident Co-operatives provides 59 percent of the empirically as observed. The norms and agricultural credit in 1980s and it priorities of the commercial banks in decreased to 47.3 percent in 1990-91.
www.ijar.org.in23 23 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected]
During the reforms period it went on decreased to 61.1 percent. Non- declining to 23.8 percent by 2008-09. The institutional credit to the farm decrease is by more than 35 percentage households increased by 8.3 percentage points. It implies that the farming points and again credit from money community has been constrained to lenders increased by 9.3 percentage approach non-institutional sources after points, Economic reforms have the reforms. encouraged credit flow to metropolis Table-III: Share of Cooperatives in centres and bug cities due to which credit Agricultural Credit needs of the rural people, especially, Year Share of farmers are drifted to the money lenders Cooperatives and other agencies of non-institutional (Percent) credit. Findings:- 1980-81 59.0 1990-91 47.3 1. Rural branches of the commercial 2004-05 42.7 banks have decreased in the post re- 2008-09 23.8 form period. Source: Hank Book of statistics on Indian 2. Share of agriculture in the total Economy, RBI (2011-12) bank credit has declined with the reforms. With a view to find out the 3. The share of co-operatives in relative shares of institutional and non- agricultural credit has come down by institutional sources in the debt of more than 35 percentage points between cultivator households data is processed in 1980-81 and 2008-09. Table-IV. 4. The share of non-institutional Table-IV: Relative shares of Institutional sources in the debt of farm households and Non-Institutional Sources in the debt has increased after 1991 with money of farm households (In percentage terms) lenders again resuming their role as Source 1951 1991 2002 important source of agricultural credit. Conclusion:- Institutional 7.3 66.3 61.1 Non- Despite the significant expansion 92.7 30.6 38.9 Institutional of financial institutions in India the Unspecified quantum of credit provided to the farm sector by them is inadequate. At present Money - 3.1 - Indian agricultural needs higher lenders investment to adopt new technologies. As part of Agricultural production depends on the non- 69.7 17.5 26.8 availability of timely credit. The credit institutional Source: Expert group report on needs of the marginal and small farmers Agricultural Indebtedness (2007) who are in majority are to be addressed by the institutional sources, especially,
commercial banks and co-operatives. The
co-operative credit structure is to be As per the data the share of Institutional revamped to make it effective in serving credit substantially increased to 66.3 the credit requirements of the farmers. percent in 1991 from a meager 7.3 Indian farmer always faces uncertainties percent in 1951. However after 1991 it from weather, pests, market oscillations www.ijar.org.in24 24 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] and the support prices decided by the 7. Kaur.K (2012), “Indebtedness and its government. It is to be accepted by all Determinants in Indian Agriculture” those concerned with economic Indian Journal of Economics development that agriculture is the prime Vol.88(367). mover of the economy. 8. Rupinder Kaur and Karamjeet Kaur The inhibitive approach of the (2013), “Indebtedness among bankers to extend credit to the Marginal and small Farmers” the agricultural sector needs correction as Indian Economic Journal, December free flow of credit to this sector can 2013. increase agricultural production and 9. NSSO Reports. augment GDP. Further, small and 10. The All India Debt and Investment marginal farmers of which majority are survey 1981 -report marginalized social groups own majority of the operational holdings. Co-operatives and RRBS are to be strengthened to extend adequate and timely credit to the farmers. Then only agriculture in India can come out of the present state of distress and contribute effectively to achieve food security to the growing population. References:- 1. Malik Yasir Ahmad and Azra Musavi (2013) “Trends and Patterns of Agricultural Credit in the Reform Period” Indian Economic Journal December”. 2. Datt and Sundaram (2015) “ Indian Economy” 75th edition, S.Chand & Co Ltd., New Delhi. 3. Expert Group Report on Agricultural Indebtendness (2007), Government of India. 4. Singh, Pand Singh, B (2012), “ Cost of Cultivation and Problem of Indebtedness among the Marginal and Small farmers; A case study from Rural Punjab” Political Economy, Journal of India, Vol (21-2). 5. Kumari, R(2005 ) “An Economic Analysis of Rural indebtedness in the Telangana zone of A.P” Indian 6. Journal of Agricultural Economics, Vol. 60 (3).
www.ijar.org.in25 25 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected]
Public Health and Education
Dr. Mohammed Abdul Hai, Lecturer Govt. D.I.E.T, Warangal Dr. V. Jagan, Asst.Prof; SDLCE, KU
Abstract: Demographically India is the second biggest country in the world. Poverty, hunger and malnutrition-like problems are rampant. Education is not accessible to everyone in the case with regard to public Health. In fact the extent to which we are able to improve the Health of the public depends, in large part, upon the quality and preparedness of public Health workforce, which is in turn dependent upon the quality and relevance of its training and Education. Of late there is conscious shift in public Health Education in India with a few institutions initiating public health programmes for both medical and non-medical graduates. Despite these initiatives towards building the capacity of public health professionals in the country there is still a limited availability in teaching courses. Key words: public Health, human happiness, developing world Introduction
Herbert Hooverviewed that “Public on population health analysis. The health service should be as fully population in question can be as small as organized and as universally a handful of people, or as large as all the incorporated into our Governmental inhabitants of several continents (for system as is public Education. The instance, in the case of a pandemic). The returns are a thousand fold in Economic dimensions of health can encompass “a benefits, and infinitely more in reduction state of complete physical, mental and of suffering and promotion of human social well-being and not merely the happiness.” Health is considered as an absence of disease or infirmity,” as asset i’e wealth. Healthy citizens make defined by the United Nations’ World healthy nation. This needs a public Health Organization. Public Health health policy. Public health promotes incorporates the interdisciplinary and protects the health of people and approaches of epidemiology, biostatistics communities where they live earn and and health services. The sub fields of work. A wide awareness of public health health services are Environmental can be possible with professional health, community health, behavioral Education in the field. health, health economics, public policy, Public Health Meaning insurance medicine, mental health and occupational safety and health. The focus In common expression by public health of public health intervention is to we mean “the science and art of improve health and quality of life preventing disease, prolonging life and through prevention and treatment of promoting health through organized disease and other physical and mental efforts and informed choices of society, health conditions. This is done through organizations, public and private, surveillance of cases and health indicators and through promotion of communities and individuals.” It is concerned with threats to health based healthy behaviors. Notable examples of www.ijar.org.in26 26 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] common public health measures include the importance of public health programs promotion of hand washing, in reducing the incidence of disease, breastfeeding, delivery of vaccinations, disability, and the effects of aging and and distribution of condoms to control other physical and mental health the spread of sexually transmitted conditions, although public health diseases. It must be remembered that generally receives significantly less modern public health practice requires government funding compared with multidisciplinary teams of public health medicine. Public health programs workers and professionals including providing vaccinations have made strides physicians specializing in public in promoting health, including the health/community medicine/infectious eradication of smallpox, a disease that disease. Psychologists, Epidemiologists, plagued humanity for thousands of years. Biostatisticians, Medical assistants or The World Health Organization Assistant Medical Officers, Public Health (WHO) identifies core functions of public Nurses, Midwives, Medical health programs including. Microbiologists, Environmental Health officers / Public Health Inspectors, • providing leadership on matters Pharmacists, Dentists, Dietitians and critical to health and engaging in Nutritionists, Veterinarians, Public partnerships where joint action is health Engineers, Public health Lawyers, needed. Sociologists, Community development • shaping a research agenda and workers and others. stimulating the generation, translation and dissemination of Unfortunately, there is a great valuable knowledge. disparity in access to health care and public health initiatives between • setting norms and standards developed nations and developing and promoting and monitoring nations. In the developing world, public their implementation. health infrastructures are still forming. • articulating ethical and evidence- Objectives of the Study based policy options and 1. • monitoring the health situation To know the general Health and assessing health trends. conditions of Indian people and Health Education. Here it must be remembered that 2. public health surveillance has led to the To know the general Health identification and prioritization of many conditions of the people living in public health issues facing the world developed countries and their today, including HIV/AIDS, diabetes, Health Education. waterborne diseases, zoonotic diseases, Methodology and antibiotic resistance leading to the reemergence of infectious diseases such The data has been collected from as Tuberculosis. Antibiotic resistance, Secondary Source available in net and also known as drug resistance, was the extracted from previous studies. theme of World Health Day 2011. Simultaneously, while communicable Results and Discussion: It is pertinent diseases have historically ranged to note that most governments recognize www.ijar.org.in27 27 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] uppermost as a global health priority, There is a great disparity in access non-communicable diseases and the to health care and public health underlying behavior-related risk factors initiatives between developed nations and have been at the bottom. This is changing developing nations. In the developing however, as illustrated by the United world, public health infrastructures are Nations hosting its first General still forming. There may not be enough Assembly Special Summit on the issue of trained health workers or monetary non-communicable diseases in September resources to provide even a basic level of 2011. medical care and disease prevention. As a result, a large majority of disease and As such, many health problems are mortality in the developing world results due to maladaptive personal behaviors. from and contributes to extreme poverty. From an evolutionary psychology For example, many African governments perspective, over consumption of novel spend less than US$10 per person per substances that are harmful is due to the year on health care, while, in the United activation of an evolved reward system States, the federal government spent for substances such as drugs, tobacco, approximately US$4,500 per capita in alcohol, refined salt, fat, and 2000. However, expenditures on health carbohydrates. New technologies such as care should not be confused with modern transportation also cause spending on public health. Public health reduced physical activity. Research has measures may not generally be found that behavior is more effectively considered “health care” in the strictest changed by taking evolutionary sense. For example, mandating the use of motivations into consideration instead of seat belts in cars can save countless lives only presenting information about health and contribute to the health of a effects. population, but typically money spent To improve public health, one enforcing this rule would not count as important strategy is to promote modern money spent on health care. Large parts medicine and scientific neutrality to drive of the developing world remained plagued the public health policy and campaign, by largely preventable or treatable which is recommended by Armanda infectious diseases and poor maternal and Solorzana, through a case study of the child health, exacerbated by malnutrition Rockefeller Foundation’s hookworm and poverty. campaign in Mexico in the 1920s. Each day brings new front-page Soloranza argues that public health headlines about public health: emerging policy can’t concern only politics or infectious diseases such as SARS, rapidly economics. Political concerns can lead making its way from China to Canada, government officials to hide the real the United States and other numbers of people affected by disease in geographically distant countries; their regions, such as upcoming elections. reducing inequities in health care access Therefore, scientific neutrality in making through publicly funded health insurance public health policy is critical; it can programs; the HIV/AIDS pandemic and ensure treatment needs are met its spread from certain high-risk groups regardless of political and economic to the general population in many conditions. countries, such as in South Africa; the
www.ijar.org.in28 28 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] increase of childhood obesity and the context, the field of public health concomitant increase in type II diabetes education has grown enormously in among children; the social, economic and recent decades, supported by institutions health effects of adolescent pregnancy; such as the World Health Organization and the public health challenges related and the World Bank, among others. to natural disasters such as the 2004 Operational structures are formulated by Indian Ocean tsunami, 2005’s Hurricane strategic principles, with educational and Katrina in the United States and the career pathways guided by competency 2010 Haiti earthquake. Since the 1980s, frameworks, all requiring modulation the growing field of population health has according to local, national and global broadened the focus of public health from realities. It is critically important for the individual behaviors and risk factors to health of populations that nations assess population-level issues such as inequality, their public health human resource needs poverty, and education. Modern public and develop their ability to deliver this health is often concerned with addressing capacity, and not depend on other determinants of health across a countries to supply it. population. Over the years, the types of students Remarkably, to address current and and training provided have also changed. future challenges in addressing health In the beginning, students who were issues in the world, the United Nations enrolled in public health schools typically have developed the Sustainable had already obtained a medical degree, Development Goals 2015 built on the public health school training was largely Millennium Development Goals of 2000 a second degree for medical professionals. to be achieved by 2030. These goals However, in 1978, 69% of American encompass the entire spectrum of students enrolled in public health schools development across nations. However had only a bachelor’s degree. Goals 1-6 directly address health disparities, primarily in developing Schools of public health offer a countries. These six goals address key variety of degrees which generally fall issues in global public health: Poverty, into two categories: professional or Hunger and food security, Health, academic. The two major postgraduate degrees are the Master of Public Health Education, Gender equality and women’s empowerment, water and sanitation. (M.P.H.) or the Master of Science in Public Health (MSPH). Doctoral studies Education and training of public in this field include Doctor of Public health professionals is available Health (DrPH) and Doctor of Philosophy throughout the world in Schools of Public (Ph.D.) in a sub specialty of greater Health, Medical Schools, Veterinary Public Health disciplines. DrPH is Schools, Schools of Nursing, and Schools regarded as a professional leadership of Public Affairs. The training typically degree and Ph.D. as more of an academic requires a university degree with a focus degree. on core disciplines of biostatistics, epidemiology, health services Professional degrees are oriented administration, health policy, health towards practice in public health settings. The Master of Public Health, Doctor of education, behavioral science and environmental health. In the global Public Health, Doctor of Health Science www.ijar.org.in29 29 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected]
(DHSc) and the Master of Health Care began to write papers on the importance Administration are examples of degrees of public health, and was one of the first which are geared towards people who physicians brought in to give evidence want careers as practitioners of public before the Poor Law Commission in the health in health departments, managed 1830s, along with Neil Arnott and James care and community-based organizations, Phillips Kay. Smith advised the hospitals and consulting firms among government on the importance of others. Master of Public Health degrees quarantine and sanitary improvement for broadly fall into two categories, those limiting the spread of infectious diseases that put more emphasis on an such as cholera and yellow fever. understanding of epidemiology and Findings statistics as the scientific basis of public health practice and those that include a 1. Demographically India is the more eclectic range of methodologies. A second biggest country in the world. Master of Science of Public Health is Poverty, hunger and malnutrition-like similar to an MPH but is considered an problems are rampant. Education is not academic degree (as opposed to a accessible to every one in the case with professional degree) and places more regard to public Health. In fact the extent emphasis on scientific methods and to which we are able to improve the research. The same distinction can be Health of the public depends, in large made between the DrPH and the DHSc. part, upon the quality and preparedness Academic degrees are more oriented of public Health workforce, which is in towards those with interests in the turn dependent upon the quality and scientific basis of public health and relevance of its training and Education. preventive medicine who wish to pursue Of late there is conscious shift in public careers in research, university teaching Health Education in India with a few in graduate programs, policy analysis and institutions initiating public health development, and other high-level public programmes for both medical and non- health positions. In the United States, medical graduates. Despite these the Association of Schools of Public initiatives towards building the capacity Health represents Council on Education of public health professionals in the for Public Health (CEPH) accredited country there is still a limited availability schools of public health. Delta Omega is in teaching courses. the honor society for graduate studies in 2. Education and training of public public health. The society was founded in Health professionals is available through 1924 at the Johns Hopkins School of out the developed countries in schools of Hygiene and Public Health. Currently, Public Health, Medical schools, there are approximately 68 chapters Veterinary schools, schools of Nursing throughout the United States and Puerto and schools of Public affairs. Rico. Suggestions Further, the first attempts at sanitary reform and the establishment of 1. Despite various efforts, we have to public health institutions were made in traverse a irregular terrain in the field of the 1840s. Thomas Southwood Smith, public Health Education. As it is said, physician at the London Fever Hospital, prevention is better than cure, so it is
www.ijar.org.in30 30 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] better to provide wider awareness about 2006: working together for health. Public Health programmes in the Geneva: WHO. OCLC 71199185. country. Patel, Kant; Rushefsky, Mark E.; McFarlane, Deborah R. (2005).The 2. To promote Public Health important Politics of Public Health in the strategy is to be adopted to promote UnitedStates. modern medicine and scientific neutrality M.E. Sharpe.p. 91. to drive the Public Health policy in India, Pencheon, David; Guest, Charles; Melzer, on par with developed countries. David; Gray, JA Muir (2006).Pencheon, David, ed. Oxford Handbook of Public 3. The wide gap should be reduced Health Practice. Oxford University Press. between supply and demand for trained Richard G. Wilkinson; Michael G. Health care managers/ Administrators to Marmot, eds. (2003). The Solid Facts: work for Hospitals, Pharmaceutical Social Determinants of Health. Companies, Health insurance and third WHO.OCLC 54966941. party Administrators and other Health care providers in India. These Sanderson, Colin J.; Gruen, Reinhold organizations needs very urgent (2006).Analytical Models for Decision attention. Making.Understanding Public References Health.Open University Press. The Lancet (2010). “Type 2 diabetes— Birn, A. E.; Solórzano, A. (1999). “Public time to change our approach”. The health policy paradoxes: Science and Lancet. 375 (9733): 2193. politics in the Rockefeller Foundation’s U.S. Department of Health & Human hookworm campaign in Mexico in the Services. (1999). Achievements in Public Social Science & Medicine. 1920s”. 49 Health, 1900–1999 - (9): 1197–1213. http://www.cdc.gov/mmwr/PDF/wk/mm48 Farmer, P. E.; Nizeye, B.; Stulac, S.; 50.pdf Keshavjee, S. (2006).“Structural Violence United Nations.Press Conference on PLoS Medicine. and Clinical Medicine”. 3 General Assembly Decision to Convene (10): e449. Summit in September 2011 on Non- Garrett Laurie (2007). “The Challenge of Communicable Diseases. New York, 13 Global Health”.Foreign Affairs.86 (1): May 2010. 14–38. Valerie Curtis and Robert Aunger. Gillam Stephen; Yates, Jan; Badrinath, “Motivational mismatch: evolved motives Padmanabhan (2007). Essential Public as the source of—and solution to—global Health : theory and practice. Cambridge public health problems”. In Roberts, S. C. University Press. (2011). Roberts, S. Craig, ed. “Applied Hardey, Michael (July 2008). “Public Evolutionary Psychology”. Oxford University Press. health and Web 2.0”.Perspectives in Public Health. 128 (4): 181–189. Vance, K.; Howe, W.; Dellavalle, R.P. Lincoln C Chen; David Evans; Tim (April 2009). “Social internet sites as a Evans; RituSadana; Barbara Stilwell; source of public health information”. Phylida Travis; Wim Van Lerberghe; Dermatologic Clinics. 27 (2): 133–136.
Pascal Zurn (2006). World Health Report
www.ijar.org.in31 31 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected]
Hospitality and Tourism Services in Telangana with Special reference to Hyderabad City
Dr. Addelli Ravinder, Faculty Member, Dept. of Economics, University Post Graduate College, Mahabubabad, Kakatiya University, Telangana State
Mrs. Deborah Krupa Rani Gorre, Research Scholar, Department of Economics, Kakatiya University, Warangal, Telangana State
Abstract: Tourism is one the biggest and fastest growing sectors in the global economy and it has significant environmental, cultural and social effects, both positive and negative. Tourism itself playing a key role in the benefiting many linked sectors directly and indirectly. Tourism is growing market and it is showing tremendous growth in the current scenario. Tourism makes an enormous contribution to local economies through job creation and sustainable development. Telangana have started taking necessary steps to develop this vast potential area. Hyderabad, a home of temples and the historical, sculptural and architectural heritage of the state spans a well known history of 21 centuries and its monuments, mosques, crafts, arts, dance and drama are most exciting to visitors. This paper provides an overall view of the hospitality and tourist facilities required and facilities available, interrelationship in the context of Hyderabad city tourism in Telangana State. Keywords: Hospitality, Tourism, Transport, Forts, Lakes. destinations. One of the largest states in Introduction South India, Telangana is known for its India’s glorious traditions and hospitality and multicultural and rich cultural heritage are closely related pluralistic society. Hyderabad, the capital with the development of tourism. Its city of this state is the fifth largest city in magnificent monuments attract a large India and home to some of India's best number of tourists from all over the educational institutions, public sector world. The natural surroundings, the and defence companies and a thriving architectural masterpieces, the music, global services sector and film industry. dance, paintings, customs and languages Telangana has a pleasing climate, with all these go to make India as tourist abundant natural and water resources. paradise.Telangana topographically and The state is the gateway to Krishna and historically has a variety of attractions Godavari Rivers in South India and is including hills, wildlife, forests, forts and considered the seed capital of India. The temples. This region has a rich cultural other districts of Telangana namely heritage and is known for its rich history, Adilabad, Nizamabad, Warangal, architecture and culture. This region has Khammam, Karimnagar, Nalgonda, all required qualities for emerging as a Medak, Rangareddy, Hyderabad and potent tourist destination in India. Mahabubnagar represent the rural Telangana is the 29th and youngest state diversity and exquisite richness of of India, formally recognized on June 2, Telangana. One of the wealthy economies 2014 is a treasure trove of tourist in India, Telangana is here to take its www.ijar.org.in32 32 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] rightful place in the country, as a highly segment and has an impressive number developed state and society with a proud of rooms across luxury, economy and history and grand heritage. budget segments in and around Hyderabad. Telangana State Tourism Tourism is travel for pleasure, Development Corporation (TSTDC) also the theory and practice of touring, offers luxurious, comfortable and world- the business of attracting, class accommodation with its Haritha accommodating, and chain of hotels and resorts all over the entertaining tourists, and the business of state. These resorts are well maintained operating tours. Development of the and reliable with many amenities for the tourism sector in this region is comfort of tourists. The modern recognition of the opportunities which it ambience and the excellent facilities affords to generate economic growth and offered by Telangana Tourism makes the employment and to alleviate poverty. At journey of tourists pleasant and the same time it recognizes the necessity memorable. The hinterlands of for tourism’s growth path to be both Telangana offer a much more varied sustainable and responsible. For these cuisine experience with the local flavors goals to be realized, a holistic, strategic and spices. Mughlai cuisine easily blends approach for tourisms development into with Nawabi cuisine and there is the new millennium is vital. Telangana is delicious Telangana pappu for everyone. the land of pilgrimages. The state bounds Tourism Information Points: There in monuments and temples that are are many official departments, offices and ancient and each has its own story of kiosks which offer comprehensive religious, artistic and cultural information regarding the destinations, accomplishment and specialty. There are travel options, accommodation, booking many important temples occupying the and a host of other information, land scope of Telangana. The state is also considered really useful for tourists called the land of temples. visiting the state. You can get all the information required for planning your Objectives of the Study itinerary in Telangana and experience a To Study the Tourism places in worthwhile journey touring the unique Hyderabad destinations of the state. Haritha Kakatiya To Study the Hospitality facilities for tourists Haritha Kakatiya Hotel in To study the Transport facilities Warangal City has been built to handle for tourists maximum tourist flow to the city of Warangal and other adjoining regions. Methodology of the Study Located at a key intersection of The Study is based on secondary Hyderabad to Chhattisgarh, Warangal is data collected from different sources like considered the cultural capital of Hindu Newspapers, Magazines, Telangana with many destinations in the broachers, Advertisement and internet city.The hotel is maintained well where etc. hygiene gets highest priority. Hospitality in Telangana Haritha Taramati Baradari Resort Telangana is one of India’s TaramatiBaradari is an attractive leading destinations in hospitality destination in Hyderabad. It is also a www.ijar.org.in33 33 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] perfect way to spend an evening or a commercial unit transcending barriers of weekend. Haritha Resort run by race, colour, sex, caste, creed or social Telangana Tourism here has all the background. amenities, which can give you a fresh Youth Hostel is a "Home Away From lease of energy for a nice sojourn. The Home": It provides young people on their rooms of the resort are spacious and user educational excursions inexpensive friendly. hostelling facilities in the form of Haritha Lake Resort Shamirpet : dormitories - separate for ladies and Shamirpet Resort is a popular weekend gents, a dining hall with self-service, a getaway close to Shamirpet Lake, a common room or lounge". It is a place for pristine lake situated at a distance of forming friendship, recreation and nearly 28 km from Hyderabad on informal education. Youth Hostels are Karimnagar Highway. The lake is a not to be mistaken for luxury homes and favorite retreat for youngsters and are they to be mistaken for residential families alike and the sunset and sunrise hostels, which provide boarding lodging here are the best time to attract visitors. for long periods. Youth Hostels provide The resort here has both A/C and Non- simple accommodation at moderate cost A/C Cottages, which are well-maintained for short period,2 days at a time, and aesthetically built to appeal to the extendable at the discretion of the unique tastes of visitors. The restaurant Warden in deserving cases. offers excellent dining facilities with hot meals and a variety of cuisines. What Makes Tourism Services Hotel the Plaza Begumpet: Begumpet, Unique? located in the heart of Hyderabad is The Tourism buses are well accessible from many parts of the city maintained while all the standard road and the Plaza hotel here is ideal for safety measures are duly followed. The business and professionals who intend to transport vehicles of Telangana Tourism stay in the core business district region of offer a stress-free travel experience to all the bustling city. There are standard and the visitors. Our drivers are well trained deluxe A/C rooms and the interiors are to handle heavy vehicle flow and risky world-class, designed aesthetically to ghat roads. They are well experienced to attract tourists. The rooms are well handle the trickiest of roads as they maintained and the environs look undergo periodic training where they are pleasing. There is also a restaurant specially instructed about road safety, attached here offering quality food for the ensuring maximum comfort for the visitors at specified timings. Hotel The tourists, who are the much-respected Plaza is built in signature style in the guests for the state. In addition, midst if the city and is a prominent hotel Telangana Tourism understands that of Telangana tourism department. driving through long distances and for Youth Hostel: This Youth Hostel is long hours is tiresome for the driver. Located in the beautiful city of palaces Keeping this in mind, we appoint two known for scenic beauty and favorable drivers for every 350 kilometers. Due to climate Hyderabad. Youth Hostel, the highest priority given by the Tourism Secunderabad is a joint venture of the department for its safe driving practices, Central Government of Telangana. It is a our drivers tend to be even more careful non-religious, non-political, non- to keep up with the reputation. www.ijar.org.in34 34 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected]
Luxury at its best deadly epidemic raging at that time. Four The Telangana Tourism graceful minarets soar to a height of 48.7 Department is the among the first m above the ground. Charminar has 45 tourism departments in India to prayer spaces and a mosque in it. Visitors introduce super luxurious Benz and can view the architectural splendour Volvo buses for the convenience of the inside the Charminar. The monument is travelers. The Tourism Department also illuminated in the evenings and a provides travelers an option of pedestrianisation project around the customizing their tours to fit into their monument is under implementation. budget. Apart from the Benz and Volvo Mecca Masjid: A two hundred yards busses, there are also indica cars for the southwest of the Charminar is the Mecca tourists to reach their destinations Masjid, so named because the bricks were quickly and safely. For package and brought from Mecca to build the central luxury tourists, we also offer customised arch. The QutbShahis never finished the caravans that render a sophisticated building of the mosque, which was touch for a perfect holiday. completed by Aurangzeb in 1694. Making the Journey Pleasant LaadBaazar: This is famous, colorful With Telangana Tourism, you shopping centre of the old city, tucked can be rest assured of a memorable stay away in one of the streets leading off in the comfort environs of our hospitality. from Charminar. Bridal wear, Pearls and We believe in making the journey the traditional Hyderabadi glass and pleasant because we want our patrons to stone studded bangles are sold here. come back again. Our appealing Golconda Fort: Golconda is one of the destinations can entice you for a repeated famous forts of India. The name visit and we are ready to serve you with originates from the Telugu words pleasure and professionalism. “GollaKonda” meaning “Shepherd’s Tourism in Hyderabad Hill”. The origins of the fort can be The city of smiles, of lights, of a traced back to the Yadava dynasty of thousand faces, endearingly called the Deogiri and the Kakatiyas of Warangal. Pearl City, Hyderabad offers a variety of Golconda was originally a mud fort, tourist attractions ranging from Heritage which passed to the Bahmani dynasty monuments, Lakes and Parks, Gardens and later to the QutbShahis, who held it and Resorts, Museums to delectable from 1518 to 1687 A.D. The first three cuisine and a delightful shopping QutbShahi kings rebuilt Golconda, over a experience. To the traveller, Hyderabad span of 62 years. The fort is famous for offers a fascinating panorama of the past, its acoustics, palaces, ingenious water with a richly mixed cultural and supply system and the famous historical tradition spanning 400 colorful FatehRahben gun, one of the cannons years. used in the last siege of Golconda by The Charminar is as much the Aurangzeb, to whom the fort ultimately signature of Hyderabad as the TajMahal fell. is of Agra or the Eiffel Tower is of Paris. QutbShahi Tombs: The tombs of the Mohammed QuliQutb Shah, the founder legendary QutbShahi kings lie about a of Hyderabad, built Charminar in 1591 at kilometre away from BanjaraDarwaza of the centre of the original city layout. It is the Golconda Fort. Planned and built by said to be built as a charm to ward off a the QutbShahis themselves, these tombs www.ijar.org.in35 35 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] are said to be the oldest historical famous statues including the Veiled monuments in Hyderabad. They form a Rebecca and Marguerite and large group and stand on a raised Mephistopheles, a superb collection of platform. The tombs are built in Persian, jade, daggers belonging to Queen Noor Pathan and Hindu architectural styles Jahan and the Emperors Jahangir and using grey granite, with stucco Shah Jahan, Aurangzeb’s sword and ornamentation, the only one of its kind in many other fabulous items. the world where an entire dynasty has Nehru Zoological Park been buried at one place. Spanning 300 lush green acres, TaramatiBaradari the Nehru Zoological Park is a must for TaramatiBaradari is located at nature lovers. It has over 250 species of Ibrahimbagh, on the Osman Sagar animals and birds, most of which are kept (Gandipet) Road, close to Golconda. The in conditions as close to their natural complex is spread over a sprawling 7-acre habitats as possible. This is the first zoo area amidst lush green environs with the to create moated enclosures for animals. backdrop of the famed Golconda Fort. The Lion Safari Park, Natural History The heritage monument built by the Museum and Children’s Train are the Seventh Sultan of Golconda is accessed added attractions. from the complex.With two fully Shilparamam (The Arts & Crafts equipped theatres, TaramatiBaradari Village): Another attraction at Madhapur Culture Village is the perfect venue for besides Hi-tec city in Hyderabad is the music concerts, performing arts, social 30-acre village, which showcases arts and events etc. The Baradari illuminated in crafts of the country. India is an ocean of dynamic lighting forms the backdrop of various arts and crafts but the talent of all activities. most of the artisans and artists goes Birla Mandir (Venkateswara Temple) unrecognized. To encourage them and This white marble temple of Lord give the necessary boost to their art, the Venkateshwara floats on the city skyline, crafts village hosts annual bazaars, where on Kala Pahad. The idol in the temple is artists and artisans from all over the a replica of the one at Tirumala Tirupati. country exhibit their talent. Birla Planetarium: Hi-Tech City Birla Planetarium is India’s most One of the modern monuments of modern planetarium and first of its kind trade and technology, it embodies the in the country. It is equipped with newfound attitude of Hyderabad and advanced technology from Japan and is today finds a place of pride. Situated on built on NaubatPahad adjacent to Kala the outskirts of the city, it is the nucleus Pahad. And the Science Museum stands of Cyberabad, the IT destination in this tribute to the advancement achieved by part of the world. Cyber Towers is the Science and Technology. main building here. Salar Jung Museum The Nizam‘S Silver Jubilee Museum This museum houses one of the The stately Purani Haveli, the biggest one-man collections of antiques of palace acquired around the year 1750 by the world by Mir Yousuf Ali Khan, Salar the second Nizam, is now converted into Jung III. The objects d’art include a museum with a fascinating collection. Persian carpets, Moghal miniatures, The museum exhibits the gifts and Chinese porcelain, Japanese lacquerware, mementos presented to the last Nizam on www.ijar.org.in36 36 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] the occasion of the silver jubilee 400 cheetals and a number of wild boars, celebrations in 1937. A 1930 Rolls Royce, small mammals, reptiles and over 100 Packard and a Mark V Jaguar are among species of birds. the vintage cars displayed. There is an Hyderabad Botanical Gardens: The interesting collection of models made in first Botanical Gardens in Andhra silver of all the prominent buildings of Pradesh, spread over 120 acres. Already the city and citations in Urdu about open to public is the first phase, with the H.E.H. Mir Osman Ali Khan, gold completion of some sections. The sections burnished wooden throne used for the include medicinal plants, timber trees, silver jubilee celebrations, gold tiffin box fruit trees, ornamental plants, aquatic inlaid with diamonds, and a gold model of plants and bamboos. The Park has been Jubilee Pavilion. designed to have large water bodies, DurgamCheruvu Rolling Meadows, natural forests, rich The ‘Secret Lake’ is situated grasslands and exquisite rock formations. close to Shilparamam Crafts Village and Osmansagar Lake: Osmansagar, better Hi-tech City, behind Jubilee Hills. AP known as Gandipet, on the outskirts of Tourism organizes boating in the lake. Hyderabad is an excellent picnic spot. ‘Something Fishy’, a bar at Secret Lake Osmansagar is one of the two lakes on (Durgam Cheruvu) the city’s periphery that supplies ChilkurBalaji Temple: The Balaji drinking water to the great metropolis. Temple is located at Chilkur in the The lake is a reservoir created by a dam Hyderabad district. It is 33 Kms away across the Isa, a tributary of the River from Mehdipatnam. Approximately Musi. Abutting the lake and the bund are 75,000 to 1,00,000 devotees visit in a lush gardens that provide the ideal week. Generally temple gets heavy rush ambience for an outing. Overlooking the on Saturdays and Sundays. Set in sylvan lake is the heritage building, SagarMahal, surroundings, the temple attracts built as a resort by the Nizam of thousands of pilgrims every year and is Hyderabad and converted now into a lake an ideal place for sequestered retreat and resort managed by AP Tourism. meditation. Shamirpet: Located 24 km to the north KBR National Park: One of the largest of Secunderabad, Shamirpet has a parks within the city KBR National Park beautiful lake and a deer park. Its is a Southern tropical deciduous forest peaceful environs make it a great picnic and the last vestigial representative of spot. AP Tourism offers comfortable the endemic flora of Hyderabad region, cottage facilities for accommodation, with over 100 species of birds, 20 species while the forest lodges can be booked of reptiles and 15 species of butterflies. with the AP Forest Department office at Mrugavani National Park: Located at Saifabad. Conclusion Chilkur, 25 km. from Hyderabad, the park contains the endemic flora of Telengana has a variety of Hyderabad and is an urban refuge for attractions hills, wildlife, forests, forts small mammals like wildboar, jungle cat and temples. The Telangana region has etc. and birds. all the required qualities for emerging as Mahavir HarinaVanasthali National a potent tourist destination in on Park: Located 15 Km. from Hyderabad, country. The government in recent years the park has more than 350 black bucks, focuses on eco-tourism, sports tourism, www.ijar.org.in37 37 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] holiday tourism etc. If property developed a large number of foreign and domestic tourists can be attracted to visit the places in and around the Telangana region.It also acknowledges that tourism generates large scale employment particularly in small services activities. The strengths related to Telangana region if recognized then a dynamic tourism sector can be built. But exasperatingly special policies concentrating regarding this region were completely absent. The department of tourism has a multiple of players and weal structures particularly at the district level. Other than Hyderabad no other region and district in Telangana has enough infrastructure facilities to attract tourist for longer time and mostly many outsiders are unaware of invaluable natural and manmade heritage sites in this region. References: 1. http://www.hyderabadtourism.in 2. www.telanganatourism.gov.in 2. Hindu News Papers 3. Internet
www.ijar.org.in38 38 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected]
Tourist and Pilgrimage Places Located in Telangana: A Study of Kamalapur Town of Warangal District.
Bairi. Srinivas, Lecturer in Commerce, Government Degree and P.G. College, Peddapalli, Dist: Peddapalli Abstract: Telangana, the 29 state of India, was formed on 2ndJune 2014, with Hyderabad as its capital. The statehas a rich cultural heritage. It is endowed with historical places, temples, monuments, waterfalls, forts, forests and rich flora and fauna which contributed to its importance as a Tourist Centre.The Government of Telangana is keen to boost the tourism and hospitality sector as part of which specific initiatives are being taken to boost the potential in this sector. The government is also planning to come out with an exclusive State Tourism Policy soon, in line with the Telangana Industrial Policy, at present the Government following the of erstwhile Andhra Pradesh, Tourism Policy of 2010. This initiative will lead the growth of tourism and hospitality industry which boosts the private investments and generates employment opportunities in grass root level. In this study the researcher would like to disclose the important and less concentrated tourist and pilgrimage places located in rural area of Kamalapur town, of Warangal urban districtin Telangana State. Keywords: Tourism policy, Fort Warangal, Hospitality. Introduction: Travel and tourism is Hasanparthy Mandal towards South , the largest service industry in India. Jammikunta Mandal towards North It provides heritage, cultural, and . Warangal City, Karimnagar City, medical, business and sports tourism. Jangaon City, Ramagundam City are The main objective of this sector is to the nearby Cities to Kamalapur. There develop and promote tourism, are number of prominent tourist places maintain competitiveness of India as located in this region. The important tourist destination and improve and and historic places are as follows.
expand existing tourism products to ensure employment generation and 1. Raamalayam (it was built in the economic growth. period of Kakatiya dynasty) 2. Shivalayam (built in the period of About Kamalapur: Kamalapur town Kakatiya dynasty) is a mandal headquarter of Warangal 3. Peddacheruvu (Lake was also urban district is 22kms. far from built during the period of Hanamkonda. And it is nearly 155 km Kakatiyas):- Useful for Boating from its State capital Hyderabad. 4. Sammakkagutta: - Useful for Recently during the reorganization of trekking and heritage walk. districts this mandal was merged in 5. Doravari Gadi (Fort) Warangal Urban district from Karimnagar.The town is bounded by Objectives of the study: Elkathurthi Mandal towards west , The major objectives of the study are Huzurabad Mandal towards west ,
www.ijar.org.in39 39 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected]
1. to identify how Kamalapur ignorance by the policy makers these mandal attracted the domestic as well as places are lacking the divinity as international ltourists in recent days. observed by the researcher, with the 2. Find out the pilgrimage and effortsof the local villagers these places tourist places existed in Kamalapur are sustaining at this stage. Some of Mandal town. the places are as follows. 3. To explain the importance and glory of that places to the society. Ramalayam in Kamalapur: 4. To find out the opportunities to According to the opinion of the local develop such places as tourist and people Lord Ramalayam temple was pilgrimage places. built during the Kakatiya dynasty. 5. To find the employment Ramlayam, Shivalayam and Hanuman opportunities grown in recent times temple are located in this temple compound. From the age old days SriRama Navami utsavaas are being Methodology : Methodology of this conducted regularly with great study involves empirical study and the devotion for the period of ten researcher collected the first hand days.People from all corners of district information by visiting the actual place as well as from state visit to have and gathered the secondary information blessings of lord Rama. If this place is from various sources such as internet developed according to the demand of and books. The fundamental method of the devotees it may become a popular content analysis will be explained, and pilgrimage center. also the sampling and analyzing 2.Shivalayam/VishwapatiAlayam: methods will be included.This paper This Temple is located in the middle of deals with the Kamalapu rmandal in the amalapur town. The idols installed Warangal Urban district. Because it has in this temple are of ancient time the rich heritage culture and water according to the villagers. bodies but ignored by the government Mahashivarathri festival is being and the media. organized by the villagers with great For the purpose of data collection the devotion and enthusiasm; various researcher visited the various places of types of folk and cultural programmes the study and collected the firsthand are conducted every year. information from the senior citizens and from local news paper, the researcher 3.Peddacheruvu (Lake) : This also collected the secondary data from Pedda cheruvu is one of the biggest booklets which were available at those fresh water lakes in the district built places, website of archeological survey of by the kakatiyas, at present this lake is India and Telangana tourism website. serving as the source of irrigation, Data of senior citizens was used for development of fish farm and also for comparing the data available on the drinking purpose . It has the great internet. potential to develop as tourist spot and boating and other activities. This lake Data analysis: There are number of is also used for immersion of tourist places and places of pilgrimage Batukamma idols during the festival. where devotees regularly visit but due www.ijar.org.in40 40 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected]
4. Sammakka Jatara gutta (hill): The Sammakka Jatara gutta is hill Reference: place located in the northern corner of 1. Yojana monthly magazine May, 2015. the Kamalapur town. The popular 2. Official website of Ministry of Sammakka and Medaram Jatara is Tourism, Govt. of India: tourism.gov.in/ conducted with installation of the forest goddessess called Sammakka and Sarakka. This a biggest biannual association of tribal folk and large number of devotees gather here to take the blessings of goddesses. With minor development works this hill has a great potential to develop as a trekking and mountaineering spot, natural scenes ads another attraction to this hill.
5.DoravariGadi (Fort): In the period of Doras’ and Deshmukhs’ era this fort or gadiwas the main centre for everyday administration. According to the local People the Dorasadministered with kindness and empathy. People used follow the orders of the administrators with great respect. At present this kind of system is not followed but this construction remains a great memory of that period. Due to lack of proper maintainance this construction is at the stage of collapse.. Conclusion
The government of Telangana is very keen to develop the tourism industry, and is ready to bring its own tourism policy. In its major initiatives the government encouraging the tourism in the district levels. Warangal occupies the second most preferred after the Hyderabad city. If the Government develop the tourism of Kamalapur of this district there huge opportunities lies in terms of employment generation which might benefit the local people, at the same time one another place which was glorified during the Kakatiya dynasty may add in the list of pilgrimage and tourist spot. www.ijar.org.in41 41 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected]
Status and development of tribal women in Telangana – A study
Dr. K. Ravi, Post-Doctoral Fellow, Department of Public Administration Osmania University, Hyderabad
Introduction (1956) state that “expressed, some of which take a stand that primitive The strategy for tribal society” women are generally a depressed development and specially women, needs group”. For this reason Robert Lowie has improvement, betterment, development stated that any general statement and upliftment to affect their regarding the relation of women to the empowerment. Tribal women have society must be taken with caution. adjusted themselves to live a traditional life style in the local environment and The women in the tribal follow occupations based on natural community constitute about half of the resources. Undoubtedly, the programmes, tribal population. Their role in the tribal oriented towards the empowerment of society is even more important than in tribals, particularly women, have other social groups in India, because the improved their socio-economic conditions tribal women, more than women in any and status. However, there are wide other social group, work harder and the variations across regions and tribes in family economy and management terms of work participation, sex ratio, depends on them. economic productivity and social life. The Low Status of The Tribal impact of development planning needs to be evaluated in terms of desired and Women: The tribal woman does not have unanticipated consequences. The property rights except in a matrilineal development process should be perceived society which is a small proportion of the as an involvement and reorganization tribal population. She is paid fewer wages mechanism of not only the socio- than her male counterpart for the same economic system but the entire eco- work. Besides this, the women work for system. more time than men, they receive wages Status is customarily defined by in 23 kinds which are enchased by males. social scientists as a recognised social The women do not have the decision position or socially defined position of an making power. The division of work is individual or a community within a heavily loaded against the tribal woman society. In recent times many attempts because in addition to an equal share in have been made to understand the status the economic production process she has of women in the tribal society. Robert to take the sole responsibility of Lowie (1920) has suggested four different household chores. In certain tribes only criteria to determine the status of women the males can participate in ancestor in a society i.e. (i) actual treatment, (ii) worship. Usually she cannot hold the legal status, (iii) opportunity for social office of a priest (Rajyalakshmi, 1996). participation and (iv) character and Economic Role : Tribal women extent of work. Mujumdar and Madan in India contribute positively towards
www.ijar.org.in42 42 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] economic pursuits by participating Ajmeera (2014)2 addresses women equally with men folk. They participate empowerment through self-help groups in all agricultural operations like sowing in Warangal district of Telangana State, seeds, weeding and harvesting, felling India. Gummadi Naresh (2014)3 and burning trees. In plough based described the problems and other units cultivation, transplantation, weeding, under investigation like socio-economic winnowing and dehusking is done background and elicits new information entirely by women. They work in all about the elderly tribal women through sectors of indigenous cottage industries, the present study based on secondary tribal arts and production of artifacts. source of data. Dhanasree K., Generally, the ploughing is done by men Vijayabhinandana B. and Pradeepkumar but in some tribal societies, women do P.B. (2014)4 conducted in tribal the ploughing too. Though the women dominated mandals of High Altitude and work for more time than men, they Tribal Zone of Andhra Pradesh. With the receive less wage and that too in kind help of exploratory research design, data which are enchased by males. However, was collected from 180 farmers and there are some tribes where men and analysed with the help of suitable women are equal partners in socio- statistical methods. About 50 per cent cultural and economic life and hence respondents expressed limited social women are traditionally assigned an participation, lack of access and control of important role in the society (Singh, productive resources and services and 1994). finally less than 20 per cent of respondents indicated location of isolated Review of Literature villages, limited extension staff, and no
Anand Pawar (2016)1 an attempt has access to basic amenities. Pulla Rao been made to analyze the impact of microfinance on Tribal Development in Telangana State in terms of household 2 Ramesh Ajmeera (2014), “Self Help income; assets acquired and employment Groups in Empowering Women: A generation before and after joining SHG Study In Warangal District, and availing micro credit. Women Telangana State”, International empowerment is a process in which Journal of Commerce, Business and women challenge the existing norms and Management (IJCBM), ISSN: 2319– culture, to effectively promote their well 2828 Vol. 3, No. 5. being. The participation of women in Self 3 Gummadi Naresh (2014), “Work Help Groups (SHGs) made a significant Participation of Tribal Women in impact on their empowerment both in India: A Development Perspective”, social and economical aspects. The IOSR Journal Of Humanities And present study conducted by Ramesh Social Science (IOSR-JHSS), vol.19, Iss:12, ver. II, pp.35-38. 4 Dhanasree K., Vijayabhinandana B. 1 Anand Pawar (2016), “Impact of and Pradeepkumar P.B. (2014), Microfinance on Tribal Development “International Journal of Innovative in Telangana”, Pacific Business Research in Science, Engineering and Review International, Vol. 8, Iss: 11, Technology”, Vol. 3, Issue 2, pp.9360- pp.63-70. 9368. www.ijar.org.in43 43 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected]
D. (2013)5 addressed the socioeconomic Results and Discussion status of the scheduled tribes in Visakhapatnam district of Andhra Socio-economic status of the Pradesh State (India). In the sample, the Respondents majority of the households are the tribe of Konda Dora. Further, the majority of This part deals with the the sample households in the study area demographic profile of tribal women in are Hindus and more than 70 percent of the study area in terms of age, the sample population is illiterate. educational level, experience, marital Cultivation is the primary occupation status, etc. participated by the maximum heads of the sample households. Table-1. Respondents age distribution
Objectives : The objectives of the study Age Frequ Per Cumulative are as follows: (in -ency cent Percent (i) To highlight the Gender role years) among Tribal society of Telangana, < 20 8 8.3 8.3 (ii) To find out the role and status of 21-40 28 31.7 40.0 Tribal women in development, 41-60 30 33.3 73.3 (iii) To focus on the nature and dimensions of changes in the lives of > 60 24 26.7 100.0 tribal women. 100. Total 90 Methodology : 0 The study was carried out in three tribal dominated districts of Tribal Zones of Telangana during 2015- It can be seen from the above 16 namely Adilabad (Utnoor and table, majority of the respondents are Naarnoor), Warangal (Tadvai and within the age group of 41-60 years Venkatapur) and Khammam (33.30%) followed by those under the (Kunavaram and Chinturu) were selected category of 21-40 years (31.7%). The for investigation. Two villages from each remaining 26.70% and 8.30% of the of the district were selected and from respondents are under the age group of each village 15 respondents were selected above 60 years and below 20 years, thus making a total of 90 respondents. respectively. When we see the Data was collected through structured educational level of the respondents, it is and pre-tested interview schedule. The clearly seen from the table that thirty per collected date was coded, tabulated and cent (i.e., 26) of the respondents are analyzed statistically and the results illiterates. This is followed by those who were interpreted accordingly. have the below tenth class (20.00%). The table also shows that 15.00% and 11.70% of the respondents are Intermediate level and Degree level, respectively. 13.3% 5 Rao, D. Pulla (2013), "Socioeconomic respondents completed their post- Status of Scheduled Tribes", MERC Global's International Journal of graduation. It is only 10.0% they have a technical qualification. Management, Vol. 01, Issue: 01, pp.
36-50. www.ijar.org.in44 44 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected]
Table-2 : Distribution of Tribal women on the basis of Education Cumulative ducation Level Frequency Percentage Percent Illiterate 26 30.0 30.0 Table-3: Type of Family Joint Fre- Percentag Cumulative family, 16.7 Family type quency e Percent Nuclear 75 83.3 83.3 Family Nuclear Joint family, 83.3 15 16.7 16.7 Family Total 90 100.0 With regard to the type of family of No.) come under joint family. Hence, it respondents, the table shows that can be understand that tribal women of majority of the respondents (83.3%) come these three districts are in nuclear family under nuclear family and 16.7% (i.e., 15 type. Table-4 : Marital status of the women entrepreneurs Marital Frequenc Cumulative Widowed, Married, Percentage 31.7 33.3 status y Percent Married 30 33.3 33.3 Unmarried 24 26.7 60.0 Divorced 7 8.3 68.3 Widowed 29 31.7 100.0 Unmarried , 26.7 Divorced, Total 90 100.0 8.3 The marital status of the respondents’ respondents are unmarried and divorced shows that the majority are married respectively. Thus, in the present (33.3%) followed by widowed (31.7%). study most of the women entrepreneurs The remaining 26.70% and 8.3% of the fall under middle age group and most of www.ijar.org.in45 45 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] them illiterates. A large number of Status: The role of tribal women plays respondents have 1-5 years experience. an important role in their socio-economic The married tribal women are development. The status of tribal women dominating with other sample in study is common. The status of the area. respondents expressed by the tribal women for enhancement is presented in Table 1. Table 2.1: Status of Tribal women (n=90) Sl. No. Status Frequency Per cent Economy & Market facility 1. Credit Facility 22 18.8 2. Money Lenders Exploitation 80 88.9 3. Lack of accessibility to nearby 60 66.6 markets 4. Poor connectivity 72 80.0 5. Low Size landholding 65 72.2 Infrastructure Facilities 6. Remote living 80 88.9 7. Lack of resources 55 61.1 8. Lack of access of productive 62 68.8 resources and services 9. Basic Amenities 26 28.8 10. Electrification 32 35.5 11. Limited Number of staff 45 50.0 12. Isolated villages 27 30.0 Source: Primary data not available to their villages, it can be understood from the data. Eight per cent The table 4.2.1 indicates the of them said that there is a poor status of tribal women of Adilabad, connectivity. In addition to the above Warangal and Khammam in Telangana that the respondents do not have much state. With regard to economy and agricultural land that is useful for market facilities: Out of 90 respondents, agricultural purposes. Most of the only 18.8% of them expressed that they villages are far away to the main towns in get credit facility. It means there is no the study area. Nearly 90 per cent opined credit facility for the tribal women in the that their villages are located in remote study area. Nearly 90 per cent of the places. Out of ninety respondents, sixty respondents opined that there is money one per cent of the respondents expressed lenders exploitation in their villages. that the resources are very meager. More than sixty five per cent of the respondents said that there is a lack of 5.0 Conclusion : The status of accessibility to nearby markets to sell tribal women and their contributions are their products. Transport facility is also much important for sustainable growth www.ijar.org.in46 46 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] and management of livelihood security. Development Perspective”, IOSR Journal So the following conclusions were made. Of Humanities And Social Science (IOSR- The credit facility should be increased as JHSS), vol.19, Iss:12, ver. II, pp.35-38. this is below twenty percent. The findings reveal that the money lenders Mann, Kamlesh (1996), “Tribal Women: exploitation is more. It is also found that On the Threshold of the Twenty-First there is a lack of accessibility to sell their Century”, New Delhi: M D Publications products to nearby town or city markets. Pvt. Ltd. The transport facility either road way or any other are connected poorly for their Panda, Nishakar, (2006), “Tribal products transportation. Nearly ninety Development : Imperatives and per cent of the tribal women are living Compulsions”, Orissa Review, December, remote villages of the study area (i.e. 2006. three districts Adilabad, Warangal and Khammam).It is found that due to lack of Raj Kumar, P., Pulla Rao, D. and resources like money, seeds, transport Jayanand Kumar, P. (2013), “Analysis Of facility they are unable to develop Socio-Economic Status Of Schedule themselves. Further, there is lack of Tribes In Andhra Pradesh”, access of product resources and services. International Journal of Development The major draw back is rural Research, Vol. 3, Issue, 11, pp.136-140. electrification in these three districts. Ramesh Ajmeera (2014), “Self Help References Groups in Empowering Women: A Study Anand Pawar (2016), “Impact of In Warangal District, Telangana State”, Microfinance on Tribal Development in International Journal of Commerce, Telangana”, Pacific Business Review Business and Management (IJCBM), International, Vol. 8, Iss: 11, pp.63-70. ISSN: 2319–2828 Vol. 3, No. 5. Basin, Kamla (2000), “Understanding Rao, D. Pulla (2013), "Socioeconomic MERC Gender”. New Delhi: Kali for Women. Status of Scheduled Tribes", Global's International Journal of Burman, J.J.Roy (2012), ‘Status of Tribal Management Women in India’. Mainstream Weekly , Vol. 01, Issue: 01, pp. 36- (12) 10th March. 50. http://www.mainstreamweekly.net/article 3314.html retrieved on 10th January Srinivas, M.N., (1977), “The changing 2013. position of Indian women”. Xaxa, Virginius (2008), “State, Society, Dhanasree K., Vijayabhinandana B. and and Tribes: Issues in Post-colonial India”. Pradeepkumar P.B. (2014), New Delhi: Pearson Education India. “International Journal of Innovative Research in Science, Engineering and Technology”, Vol. 3, Issue 2, pp.9360- 9368. Gummadi Naresh (2014), “Work Participation of Tribal Women in India: A www.ijar.org.in47 47 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] Expansion of Private Sector and Contraction of Public Sector - A Review on Pre and Post Economic Reforms Dr.P.Malathilatha, Asst. Prof of economics, GDC, Manthani. Abstract: The economic reforms in India has greatly affected its economy as well as the human growth and its relation with the society.The economic reform policy aims towards greater freedom for doing business outside government control, minimizing the role of public sector while giving more space to private sector like foreign investment policies to attract foreign investment in the country. Reforms lead to rapid growth in the Indian economy and proper utilization of the resources available in the country. In the recent past, India has seen a rapid transformation in its economy yielding a different perspective altogether for the country from rest of the world. Especially reforms increased the role of Private Sector and reduce the role of Public Sector. The purpose of this paper is to specify some historical and current issue regarding this subject. Key words: Private Sector, Public Sector, economic reforms, transformation, foreign investment. Introduction: After independence or to create on industrial base for Indian economy was in shattering state sustained economic development of the and mass population of poor, illiterate country. and unemployed sections of the society. The draft of Second Five Year Plan Pandit Jawahar Lal Nehru the first stated, "the adoption of the socialist Prime Minister of free India shouldered pattern of the society as the national the great responsibility of building a objective, as well as the need for planned strong and modern India. From the day and rapid development, require that all one he was committee to provide social industries of basic and strategic justice as well as to create a strong base importance, or in nature of publics utility for lifting the Indian economy. He was in services, should be in public sector. The favour of a greater role of government in state has therefore, to assume direct all activities of development and very responsibility for the future development soon he paved the way for creation of a of industries over a wider area. large base and scope for public sector by This trend was followed with some introducing the First Industrial Policy changes and coming up of new industrial Resolution. In 1948 and then jetting up policies till 1991, when a new era of the Planning Commission in 1950 with economic reforms began in India with the clear instructions of a bigger role for introduction of New Economic Policy in public sector in the forthcoming five year 1991, by the then finance minister a plans, it was to formulate. There was a complete change in the Government of widespread belief that without increasing India's policy for public sector. It was a the role of the state, it was not possible sudden and radical paradigm shift as far either to accelerate the process of growth as role of public sector in development of www.ijar.org.in48 48 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] India and its economy was concerned. known as chief architect of Indian There was a complete shift from the planning because of his great popular 'Nehru Model' of development contributions in this field. His doctrine of and a new era popularly called 'Democratic Socialism' formed the base of 'Liberalization era' began. Against this new model Of development he envisaged backdrop it is, therefore, very opt to for India. He took over the reins of study the evolution and growth of public governance of a big nation in 1947 as first sector in India in two different phases Prime Minister of free India. India was viz. 1. Pre Liberalization Era (1947-1991) till then being ruled by foreign invaders and 2. Post Liberalization Era. (1991 for centuries and her people fought a long onwards) battle of freedom. People were sick of Objectives: 1. To study the LPG exposits by the British Colonial rule and reforms in the present days wanted socio economic development on 2. To find the impact of Economic their own terms. The general perception reforms on Indian Economy as well as at that time was to oppose all the policies Indian society of suppression and any foreign 95 3. To make an analysis on public sector interference in domestic matters. pre and post economic reforms "Inevitably, there was a reaction against 4. To make an analysis on private sector the laissez-faire policies that the colonial pre and post economic reforms government had followed for most of its 5. To make appropriate suggestions in life, and great caution at first about the view of present developing economy continued contact with foreign Hypotheses: a) Private investment governments and business interests. activity in relatively and more likely to The Indian National Congress, under produce consumption goods with in short the inspiration of Pandit Jawahar Lal run for more profits Nehru, set up the National Planning b) Public investment being indifferent to Committee (NPC) towards the end of profits would be made in those basic and 1938, which opined that 'State should strategic areas which had long gestation own or control all key industries and periods, an d used to people, country services, mineral resources and railways, welfare with low are no profit. waterways, shipping and other public Methods: The data base for this paper utilities and in fact all those large-scale comprises of data collected from industries which were likely to become secondary data sources. The secondary monopolistic in character. Pandit Nehru data obtained from published books , was very cautious about choosing the articles and reports on economic reforms. model of 'Democratic Socialism' in a Results and Discussion: (1991 Mixed Economy because he was well onwards) Pre Liberalization Era This era averse to the pravelant socio-economic began at the time of independence in conditions of the nation. He had the 1947 and lasted till the introduction of popular Soviet Russia's 'Socialist Model' New Economic Policy in 1991 by Dr. and the other equally popular Capitalist Manmohan Singh, the then Union Model being followed by a number of finance minister of India. This era is developed western countries including marked by the emergence and growth of USA. He was known to the fact that popular 'Nehru Model' of development. India at the time of independence had a Pandit Jawahar Lal Nehru is popularly big population of downtrodden, poor, www.ijar.org.in49 49 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] underprivileged sections, a large number in checking the monopolistic tendencies of illiterate and unskilled labour class, a in society, h) economic gains not for the weak industrial base and a needy sake of profits but for social justice, 98 i) agrarian society. He "greatly admired the planned economic development with achievements of Soviet planning and so strategies focused on 'total development borrowed the concept of socialism from of total society' by adopting democratic Russians but, he also regarded the means. Such vision became the guiding democratic values of the capitalist society spirit for the development planning in as indispensable for the full growth of a India and thereby clearing the way for just society. Thus, in his endeavour to creation of a mass structure of public take advantage of the virtues of the two sector in the nation. The Directive extreme societies which were themselves Principles of State Policy in Indian also undergoing a transformation, constitution were also indicating that Nehru's vision of the new India was state's policy will ensure that operation of described as "democratic socialism. The the economic system close not result in doctrine of 'Democratic Socialism' the concentration of wealth and means of envisaged by Pandit Jawahar Lal Nehru production to the common detriment. infact a mix of some qualities of both The Planning Commission set up in 1950 socialist and capitalist models. This view just after independence, set out the was a kind of holistic view of the society. following for long tern objectives of It implied that only monetary benefits planning which necessitated the need of cannot do everything in the development public sector further more: i) to increase process. All the underprivileged people production to the maximum possible must be given the real benefits of extent so as to achieve higher level of freedom and the government must care national and per capita income; ii) to for the ethical values to be provided in achieve full employment; iii) to reduce form of equal opportunities to all, end of inequalities of income and wealth; and iv) monopolies, balanced regional to set up a socialist society based on development, enrichment of the equality and justice and absence of individual and a total care of whole exploitation.7 Such ideology of the society. government policies was the major thrust So along with material and capital to go for enlarging the scope of functional resources addition for development, social areas of public sector in India. justice was equally needed as per the The importance of the role of state in philosophy of 'Democratic Socialisation'. development is explained by Pranab Some of its peculiar features can be Bardhan as, "The state not merely shapes summed up as under: a) Strong faith in class realignments or provides the democratic values for individual good, b) material basis for new classes; in many removal of poverty at mass level, c) newly industrializing countries, the state state's role in providing minimum basic is today an important part of the facilities for all. d) state's prominent role economic base itself."9 Such ideas of in reduction of economic embalances, e) thinkers of modern times were perhaps state's constructive role in providing the part of Nehru's vision of development equal opportunities for all and especially well in advance. It was evident from the for the underprivileged, f) big faith in industrial policies in form of Industrial mixed economy, g) state's prominent role Policy Resolutions (1948, 1956) and Five www.ijar.org.in50 50 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] Year Plans(beginning from 1951) that the structure of economy in terms of the Nehru Model of Development was going increased importance of the public sector to be the base for introduction of public in domestic activity. sector in free India. Nehru was not Share in Capital Formation: Another against private sector but in order to most important contribution of public build a self reliant nation, he gave more sector in India has been in respect of importance to public sector in large capital formation. Investment in the industrial sector and left the small sector private sector producing goods for rich and daily needs community items for people mainly should be evaluated lower private sector. than similar type of investment in the Role of Public Sector in India: After public sector which is engaged in the the attainment of independence and the provision of essential infrastructural advent of Planning, there has been a services to the economy as a whole. This progressive expansion in the scope of the is true even though the commercial Public Sector. The passage of Industrial profitability of the private sector is being Policy Resolution of 1956 and the rated high. adoption of the Socialist Pattern of Table 1: Share of Public Sector and Society as our national goal, further led private sector in Total Investment: to deliberate enlargement of the role of Percentage of public public sector. To understand the role of Plan /private sectors the Public Sector, we must have an idea II Plan 54.6/45.6 about its size in the context of the Indian III Plan 63.7/36.3 economy. For a comprehensive view of IV Plan 60.3/39.7 the entire Public Sector, we should cover V Plan 57.6/42.4 besides autonomous corporations, the VI Plan 52.9/47.1 departmental enterprises. While doing so, VII Plan 47.8/52.2 not only the enterprises owned and run VIII Plan 36.5/63.5 by the Central Government be covered IX Plan 33.4/64.6 but the enterprises run by the State The above table shows the investment in Governments and local bodies should also this sector is that after having reached be included. Secondly, it would not be the peak during the third plan, the share appropriate to use any single measure to of public sector, in total investment in estimate the size of the public sector; each of the plans has however, been on rather it would be desirable to use quite a the decline. Private sector includes all few indicators, e.g., employment, different types of individual or corporate investment, value of output, national enterprises, both domestic and foreign, income generated, savings, capital engaged in different fields of productive formation and capital stock. Share in National Income: activity. Private sector enterprises are An owned and managed by the private important contribution to the National sector. These private sector enterprises Income is Public Sector. During the are mostly characterized by certain period 1960 to 1999, the public sector has common characteristics like private doubled its share in the national income initiative, profit motive and ownership in real terms and account for 25 percent and management in private hands. In of the total income of the economy. This 18th and 19th century, most of the is, undoubtedly, a significant change in www.ijar.org.in51 51 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] countries of the world adopted the policy wholesale and retail, foreign trade, road of laissez faire where the Governments freight traffic etc. At present, the followed a policy of non-interference in organized areas of the private sector is economic activity by the State. This had mostly controlled by the corporate led to huge expansion of private sector in industrial sector and the unorganized almost all the countries of the world. In agricultural and cottage industrial sector recent times, the private sector has are controlled by the household sector changed its character and is now quite and private individuals. In the initial different from the private enterprises of stage of economic development, the past. Now-a-days, the private sector investment in the public sector was quite in the form of corporate industrial units necessary to accelerate the pace of are normally owned by the shareholders economic development as well as for the and managed by professional managers, development of basic and heavy where they are not only guided by profit industries and the infrastructural areas motive but also by expansion, so as to provide necessary support to consolidation, arousing social private sector. consciousness, social responsibilities, social welfare etc. The importance of private sector in Now-a-days, the scope of private Indian economy over the last 15 years has enterprises is very much restricted due to been tremendous.. Previously, the Indian the expansion of public sector in different markets were ruled by the government countries of the world. Even the capitalist enterprises but the scene in Indian countries like USA, Japan, Western market changed as soon as the markets European countries etc. have developed were opened for investments. This saw public sector in some strategic areas like the rise of the Indian private sector defence production, aircraft production, companies, which prioritized customer's atomic energy, multi-purpose projects etc. need and speedy service. This further In a developing country like India, with fueled competition amongst same the continuous expansion of the public industry players and even in government sector, the productive areas open for the organizations. The post 1990 era private sector has gradually squeezed. witnessed total investment in favor of Indian private sector. The investment Broadly, the public sector in India is quantum grew from 56% in the first half assigned with the responsibility of of 1990 to 71 % in the second half of developing and managing heavy and basic 1990. This trend of investment continued industries, economic and social economic for over a considerable period of time. infrastructure but the private sector has These investments were especially made been assigned with the task of developing in sector like financial services, transport consumer goods industries. While the and social services. railways, civil aviation, power generation The late 1990s and the period thereafter and distribution, banks, insurance and witnessed investments in sector like other financial institutions are reserved manufacturing, infrastructure, in the public sector, but the private sector agriculture products and most has been allotted with the entire importantly in Information technology agriculture and allied activities, and telecommunication. The present plantation, mining, internal trade both trend shows a marked increase in www.ijar.org.in52 52 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] investment in areas covering (iv) Increase the standard of public sector pharmaceutical, biotechnology, enterprises to manage the competition semiconductor, contract research and from both domestic and foreign product research and development. competitors. (v) Identifying redundant Conclusion and Suggestions: In fact manpower and dealing with it through most of the public sector companies means a retraining, redeployment and continue to be over administered and encouraging self-employment etc. The under managed. The Eleventh Finance importance of private sector in Indian Commission observed that if Public economy has been very commendable in enterprises are given the "same benefits generating employment and thus of autonomy and freedom as the private eliminating poverty. sector has lately witnessed" they will be a References: major source of resources generation and budgetary support. The new vision and 1. Ruddar Dut, K.P.M. Sundharam, mission and healthy human resource Indian Economy, S. Chandand Company management (HRM) practices can go a Ltd., New Delhi, 2009, p.226. long way to transform the whole scenario of public sector in India. The standing 2. Planning Commission, Second Five conference of Public Enterprises very Year Plan (1956), Government of India rightly observed that public enterprises41 Publication, New Delhi, p. 29. 93 have been the transformers of our economy in many ways: (i) They have 3. Planning Commission, The First Five created new skills and competences in Year Plan, Government of India most of the high tech areas. (ii) They Publication, New Delhi, have helped to secure a balanced regional development. (iii) Their role in providing 4. R.K. Hazari and A.M.O, "The Public job opportunities for socially Sector in India in E.A.G. Robbinson and disadvantaged sections of the society is Michel Kidron (eds.), Economic commendable. So unarguably the future Development in South Asia, "London, of public sector in India can be very 1970 bright. It is given more freedom in working, lessening of politicization and 5. A.N. Agarwal, Indian Economy, bureaucratization and with adding all the Problems of Development and Planning, prevalent inputs of HRM practices in Wishva Prakashan, New Delhi, 1999. public sector will surely make India a super power and a total self-reliant developed nation in the times to come. Even though the public sector is going in a correct path, some problems and short comings are there. Suggestions to Improve the Performance of Public Sector Enterprises (PSEs): (i) Controlling the cost at every level of public sector enterprises. (ii) Increase the production, (iii) Reforms in capital base. www.ijar.org.in53 53 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] Green Building: An Eco-Friendly, Sustainable and Emerging Trend in Indian Construction Industry Dr.V. Vijaya Lakshmi,Associate Professor, Dept. of RMCS, College of Home Science, Saifabad, Hyderabad M.Milcah Paul, Research Scholar, Dept. of RMCS, College of Home Science, Saifabad, Hyderabad Abstract: The Indian economy has witnessed considerable progress in the past few decades after the ‘Globalization’ concept emerged.The Construction industry of India is an important indicator of the country’s development as it creates investment and employment opportunities across different related sectors and industries like cement, steel, technology, skill-enhancement, etc. It is also a major contributor towards India’s Gross Domestic Product (GDP), both directly and indirectly. Despite many positive signs, the prolonged real estate market slowdown has resulted in a lot of unsold housing projects across India. Apart from this, the construction sector is facing a severe shortage of skilled workforce, construction sand, raw materials and political disturbances which are becoming a barrier for the growth of the industry. Around 20 per cent of growth is expected in India in green building industry in the next three years (Smart Market Report, 2016). Green buildings offer a large and significant operational cost savings compared with the conventional buildings. Hence consumers are trying to adopt the Green building concepts and trying to make their constructions greener. This paper attempts to analyse the history, concepts, importance, benefits of green buildings to the users, country’s economy and the environmenton the whole. Keywords: India, green, construction, residential, sustainable, environment (Khan, 2004). In India, Globalisation Introduction: The modern world has emerged in 1990’s. been tremendously changing in the recent years and being exposed to One of the sectors in which lot of phenomenal changes in different fields changes and developments occurred due comprisingof economy, technology and to Globalisation is the Construction communications. A concept called sector and industries related to it. The 'Globalisation' is being used in connection Construction sector is one of the largest with these changes and their contributors to economic activity, after consequences. Globalisation is defined by the agriculture sector, in India. International Monetary Fund (IMF) as Construction employs an estimated 35 the “growing economic inter-dependence million people and is a significant driver of countries worldwide through the of FDI inflows. The Construction increasing volume and variety of cross- industry in India expects a growth rate of bordertransactions in goods and services 7-8% per annum over the next 10years and of international capital flows, and (Market Survey, dmg Events, 2014). The also through the more rapid and Construction industry of India is an widespread diffusion of technology” important indicator of the country’s development as it creates investment and www.ijar.org.in54 54 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] employment opportunities across 1. To study the benefits of a green different related sectors and industries building in terms of social, economical like cement, steel, technology, skill- and environmental aspects. enhancement, etc. It is also a major 2. To understand about the history and contributor towards India’s Gross evolution of green buildings in India. Domestic Product (GDP), both directly 3. To analyse the need and scope of and indirectly. Despite many positive green buildings in India. signs, the prolonged real estate market slowdown has resulted in a lot of unsold Methodology : The paper is written by housing projects across India. Apart from conducting a review of information this, the construction sector is facing a gathered from secondary sources like severe shortage of skilled workforce, internet, research articles and construction sand, raw materials and publications, newspaper articles, market political disturbances which are becoming survey reports, organizational reports of a barrier for the growth of the industry. organizations like Indian Green Building However, few initiatives taken up by the Council (IGBC) and U.S Green Building government like Smart Cities project, Council, World Cement etc. Housing for All by 2022 and Atal Mission for Rejuvenation and Urban Discussion: The literature collected is Transformation (AMRUT) will be a major analysed and discussed in this section game changer for the construction under the following heads: (a) Benefits of industry, its infrastructure and related green building, (b) History and evolution sectors. of Green Buildings in India and (c) Scope Green building, which is also of green buildings in India. called as green construction or sustainable building refers to both a(a) Benefits of green building: The major structure and the using of processes that benefit of green building and its practices are environmentally responsible and is it reduces the overall impact to the resource-efficient throughout a building's environment. U.S. Green Building life-cycle: from site selection to designing, Council expresses Green construction construction, operation, maintenance, methods when combined with good renovation, and demolition. Around 20 design and materials provides the percent of growth is expected in India in following benefits: green building industry in the next three years (Smart Market Survey, 2016). Economic benefits: Green buildings offer a large and Reduce operating costs significant operational cost savings Enhance the asset value and compared with the conventional profits buildings. Hence consumers are trying to Improve occupant productivity adopt the Green building concepts and and satisfaction trying to make their constructions Optimize the life cycle economic greener. performance Qualifying for various tax Objectives of the Paper rebates, zoning allowances and other incentives in many cities www.ijar.org.in55 55 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] Become a selling point to involvein promoting the green building potential buyers concept in India. LEED India movement Create market for green product was adopted by the Confederation of and services Indian Industry (CII) in the year 2003. Lowering a building’s overall life cycle cost LEED India has been grown vastly from the time of inception and has Environmental benefits: created a huge network of smaller Improve air and water quality stakeholders, consisting of the Reduce solid waste and water construction industry, corporate, wastage governmental & nodal agencies, Conserve natural resources consultants, architects, designers, Enhance and protect ecosystems developers, builders and product and biodiversity manufacturers, and most of them are choosing the promotion of green building Health and community benefits: as a profession too. Improve air, thermal, and acoustic environments Some recent statistics given by Enhance occupant comfort, the IGBC in 2016, tells that there are health and quality of life about 1,763 Organisational Members, Limits the growth of mold and 3,921 Registered Projects, 4.48 Billion sq. other airborne contaminants that ft. Green building footprint, 1,41,621 can affect the occupant Acres of Large developments and 2,200 productivity and/or health IGBC Accredited Professionals who are Minimize strain on local registered under the Council. infrastructure and economy Reduces the impacts on Apart from this, there are many worldwide climate crisis constructions which are not registered under IGBC are also coming up across (b) History of green building in the country. They are trying to be green, India by adopting one or few sustainable practices like installing energy efficient The Green Building movement appliances, installing solar panels, waste was founded in Great Britain with a and water re-use and recycling, rain rating system called BREEAM, which water harvesting, using eco-friendly was first launched in 1990. This system building materials and so on. was later adopted in the United States (c) Scope of green buildings in India when the U.S. Green Building Council was formed.Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED) was There is no doubt that the human loosely adopted from the BREEAM population and their unending needs are system and came into existence sometime growing faster than the planet earth can in March 2000. sustain. This is leading to the changes The Confederation of Indian and degradation in the environment and Industry (CII) formed the Indian Green it is important to reverse the Building Council in 2001, to actively environmental changes, if not possible, www.ijar.org.in56 56 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] they should be slowed down. There are GRIHA is India’s own rating many different things which the humans system jointly developed by The Energy can do to correct their behaviour and and Resources Institute (TERI) and the minimize environmental degradation. Ministry of New and Renewable Energy, Green buildings are one of the ways in Government of India. GRIHA is a rating the quest to achieve sustainable growth. system which assesses the environmental Buildings are responsible for a large performance of buildings on a scale of 0- portion of harmful emissions, however 104 points with a minimum of 50 points green buildings are easy to design, required for a building to be rated under harmless to use and build. India is a large GRIHA. Based on number of points country with a large population and big scored, a building can be rated between 1 problems. Electricity, water, land and and 5 stars, 1 star being the lowest and 5 some other natural resources are limited star being the highest level of in India and it can become practically environmental performance. impossible for even the most efficient government to supply these to the The LEED green building rating enormous population in India. Besides system is a nationally and internationally these, the waste management is accepted benchmark for the design, becoming difficult. Therefore, a social construction and operation of high sense and responsibility has to be created performance green buildings. It promotes in Indians to protectthemselves from the a whole-building approach to resource crisis and strive towards the sustainability by recognizing self-sufficiency, sustainability and performance in the key areas of smarter living. This realization can Sustainable sites, Water efficiency, surely contribute to the growth and Energy efficiency and renewable energy, promotion of green building. Conservation of materials and resources, indoor environmental quality and Apart from that, green buildings Regional Priority. The registered offer the developers, builders and buildings are given platinum, gold and architect an opportunity to avoid lack of silver rating. Few examples of buildings differentiation in their projects. In which received the LEED platinum relation to that, the green construction rating are Biodiversity Conservation product market can be increased and this India Ltd (BCIL) in Bangalore and CII – will surely help the economy of our Sohrabji Godrej Green Business Centre, country. Environmental regulations are Hyderabad. The gold rating was received also an important driver for the growth by Anna Centenary Library Building in in green buildings in India. The results of Chennai and Birla International School, a multi-national study says that the Jaipur, and silver rating was received by improving the public awareness Rajiv Gandhi International Airport in regarding green buildings in India, as it is Hyderabad and ISKCON Cultural Centre very low and the need for public in Mysore. incentives for the green market to continue to flourish is important for the The features seen in the CII – green building concept to flourish in Sohrabji Godrej Green Business Centre, India (Smart Market Report, 2016). Hyderabad are central courtyard for passage of natural light and air, roof www.ijar.org.in57 57 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] garden, jali wall for bringing in natural products do not helpor improve the light and ventilation, use of double glazed environment. But the fact is Green glass, solar energy systems, wind towers, Building and its concepts can have wind deflectors, root zone treatment for tremendous benefits, both tangible and water and re-using them, low flow water intangible. The tangible benefits at a fixtures and use of sustainable materials micro-level can include energy savings for construction. This centre also upto 20 – 30 percent and water savings received BEE 5 star ratings. upto 30 – 50 percent in a long run, as research says. The intangible benefits can A number of companies which include enhanced air quality, excellent are manufacturing green building day lighting, improving health and well- materials are also increasing. IGBC being of the occupants, conservation of recognises more than 350 companies scarce national resources, enhancement which are producing these products. of marketability for the project / resale. Some of the companies which are The tangible benefits at a macro-level can manufacturing green building products include the improvement in the country’s in India include Green Build Products (I) economy and the intangible benefits is Pvt.Ltd. based in Pune and Bajaj Eco- environmental protection and tech Products Ltd. which produces sustainability in a long run. The Indian construction materials, Bajaj Electronics consumers are increasingly becoming and Philips Electronics Pvt. Ltd. which conscious about the environment in the produces fixtures which consumes less recent times due to the environmental electrical energy, Jaguar and Company degradation, depletion of natural Pvt. Ltd. and Kohler India which resources and also due the government produces water saving fixtures and the laws enforced, and hence they are list continues. BEE developed its own showing an interest towards buying eco- rating system for the buildings based on friendly products, but not many are a 1 to 5 star scale. More the number of aware of the products. The materials stars given to a building means the more required to build green surely cost a little energy efficient it is. The Reserve Bank more than those for traditional buildings, of India’s buildings in Delhi and but the products last longer, and as Bhubaneshwar, andCII – Sohrabji Godrej building green improves the air quality in Green Business Centre, Hyderabad are a home or business, there will be few buildings which received 5 star BEE improvements to the overall healthand ratings. well-being of those who live or work there. Green and healthy living improves Conclusion productivity, which in turn saves money. Most people think only of the money There are many myths about saved in energy costs, however, building green building like the Building green is green saves in labour costs, too. As a final more expensiveand has high running note, if the trend of a green building costs, unattractive, over hyped, not as continues forever, though it costs a bit efficient as traditional building, highly more than a conventional building, it modern and technological, only saves resources, improves health, works environmentalists build green, difficult to in all climates, benefits everyone and the construct in all the locations and green environment and will necessarily become www.ijar.org.in58 58 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] the primary means to sustainability in Khan, M. 2004. Globalisation and its the future. impact on the labour markets. Economic Vista. Available at: References http://www.ecovista.netfirms.com/trad e/globalisation.htm Abbasi, A and Baldry, D. 2004. The Lehouillier, M. 10 Myths of Green impact of globalisation on the Building. Linkedin. Published on Oct construction industries of developing 6, 2015. Online available at: countries. Online available at: https://www.linkedin.com/pulse/10- http://www.irbnet.de/daten/iconda/CIB myths-green-building-marc-lehouillier 16747.pdf Shailesh. 2012. Three primary rating Benefits of LEED certification. 2016. systems for Green buildings in India. U.S. Green Building Council. Online Available online at: available at: http://greencleanguide.com/three- http://www.lennoxcommercial.com/gre primary-rating-systems-for-green- en-building/benefits-of-green- buildings-in-india/ building.asp SmartMarketReport by Dodge and Benjamin, H. World green building Data and Analytics. 2016. Report trends2016: Focus on India. Published onWorld Green Building Trends 2016. on 7 Apr 2016. Developing Markets Accelerate Global Construction Market in India. 2015. A Green Growth. Online available at: report by dmg events India. http://fidic.org/sites/default/files/World Green building to grow by 20% in %20Green%20Building%20Trends%20 India by 2018: UGBC report. The 2016%20SmartMarket%20Report%20 Times of India. Published on Feb 18, FINAL.pdf 2016. Available online at: https://www.green- http://timesofindia.indiatimes.com/ho buildings.com/articles/leed-and-green- me/environment/developmental- building-in-india-past-present-and- issues/Green-building-to-grow-by-20- future/ in-India-by-2018-UGBC- http://www.ashwinarchitects.com/gree report/articleshow/51043823.cms n-building-materials-india/ Green, J. Bright prospects for http://www.slideshare.net/gauravjhunj construction industry in India. World hunwala89/sohrabji-godrej-green- Cement, Friday, 26 February 2016. business-centre Online available at: https://www.worldcement.com/indian- subcontinent/26022016/bright- prospects-construction-industry-india- 582/ Jain, A. India’s construction sector to boom. The Hindu. Published on March 04, 2016. Available online at:http://www.thehindu.com/features/ homes-and-gardens/indias- construction-sector-to- boom/article8314034.ece www.ijar.org.in59 59 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] Economic Exclusion of Muslims in Telangana: Broadening Inequalities Dr.Mohammed Ghouse, Post-Doctoral Fellow, Department of Political science, University of Hyderabad Abstract: Given the astonishing levels of income and wealth inequalities that continue to widen exponentially and unemployment levels staying at high levels almost everywhere in the world, the governments in various countries, have been forced to resort to plans for ensuring inclusion in economic development of all the sections of their respective societies. Promotion of small businesses through entrepreneurship development is now universally considered as the only promising strategy to solve fundamental economic problems and to ward off social-political instability .India ranked 67th in 2016’s “People’s Under Threat Index” and fell 13 places from 2015’s ranking. According to this report the following communities at risk in the country viz., Assamese,Bodos,Nagas,Adivasis,Dalits and Muslims etc. ,Although various constitutional measures have been taken place but the threat of security and identity is still spotted in the Muslim community. These insecurities and inequalities have being led to the social and economic exclusion. Introduction inadequacy of Muslim leadership in India “It’s a recession when your neighbor loses resulting in low levels of social and his job; it’s a depression when you lose economic advancement. Special policy your own.”- Harry Truman interventions shall be required for the The state of Telangana is newly formed advancement of Muslim economic as the 29th state of India and has development in the newly formed state. significant percentage of people in the 2. Objectives of the Paper state are Muslims. According to 2011 : This census and 2014 projected figures paper finds out the figure out the Muslims are around 15 percent in Muslim community in Telangana state Telangana State. But, the Muslims of in the various fields of economic Telangana suffer from the problems of activities and there share with other socio economic backwardness and low socio-religious groups. The plight of levels of human development. This can be Muslims will be discussed. The possible attributed to low levels of political way outs through MSME and other empowerment and inadequate policy initiatives will focus on the representation. The political delivery mechanism of the units of the representation of Muslim community is marginalized groups like Muslims. This one of the most debated questions in presentation will also throw light on Post-Independence India. More so, with understanding the financial exclusion of the publication of Sachar committee Muslims in Telangna state and access to report (known as “The Report of the the labor market, finance sector, Prime Ministers High Level Committee unemployment etc, and in non- on Social, Economic and Educational participation in the said activities. Status of Muslims in India-2006), a 3. Methodology: This study based on perception is broadly emerged on the the primary and secondary data like www.ijar.org.in60 60 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] Annual reports of the different political movements including the join commissions reports and other reports Indian Movement. like Sachar committee, media responses, Artisans perceptions, Banker’s attitude 5. Population: Muslim population is towards Muslim borrowers. Special focus significantly high in some of the districts will be given on the data of All India of Telangana such as Hyderabad, Sixth Economic Census, 2016 and Report Nizamabad, Rangareddy, Medak, of Commission of Inquiry on Socio- Adilabad and so on with double digit Economic and Educational Conditions of percentage. In other districts like Muslims, Government of Telangana, Mahboobnagar, Karimnagar, Khammam, 2016. Warangal and Nalgonda, Muslims Discussion : population is moderate. This indicates Muslims had participated in social and that Muslims in Telangana state reside political movements of Telangana. This across of all districts, but the density of was evident when Turbaz Khan population varies from one district to the participated in first war of Independence, other Muslims constitute around 12.69 popularly known as Sepoy Mutiny. percent of the total population of state of Further, the participation of Muslim Telangana. leaders and workers like Maqdoom Mohiuddin in Telangana armed struggle. Secular and moderate Muslim leaders had also participated in various social and Table – 1: Muslim Population in Telangana Total Muslim District Per cent Population Population Hyderabad 3943323 1713405 43.45% Nizamabad 2551335 391596 15.35% Rangareddy 5296741 617518 11.66% Medak 3033288 342449 11.29% Adilabad 2741239 275970 10.07% Mahboobnagar 4053028 334172 8.24% Karimnagar 3776269 244723 6.48% Khammam 2797370 158887 5.68% Warangal 3512576 197333 5.62% Nalgonda 3488809 188646 5.41% Total 35193978 4464699 12.69% Source: Census of India 2011. www.ijar.org.in61 61 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] Among all the districts of Telangana, endowments as well on the nature and Hyderabad has highest concentration of quantum of employment opportunities. Muslim population. Among other districts, Nizamabad has a maximum of Work participation rates for Muslims are 15.35 percent while Nalgonda has a significantly lower than the all other minimum of 5.41 percent of Muslim socio religious communities in rural areas population. Muslim community in the and Urban areas. state of Telangana has dominant percentage of Sunni sect, though there The State of Telangana has WPRs 46.75 are shias, the important groups among percent, with 48.71 percent in Hindus Muslims include, Shaik, Syed, Moghal 34.65 percent in Muslims while and Pathans. Christian’s ratio is 44.22 percent. There is a huge gap between Hindus and Economic Conditions of Muslims: Muslims in terms of work participation rates. Work Participation Rates (WPR) in Telangana: Low aggregate work participation rate for Muslims are essentially due to Work Participation Rates (W.P.R) much lower participation in economic provides an idea of the extent of activity by women in the community. participation in economic activity by a Most striking feature is the specific group of population. Work relatively high share of Muslim workers participation depends on many factors engaged in self-employment activity. This such as the availability of employment is particularly high in urban areas and satisfactory skills, accessibility of assets among women workers. or machines to operate for work etc. Participation of Muslim workers Given these endorsements if the work is in salaried jobs (both in the public and availed is not of the kind which a person the private sectors) is quite low as in the prefers, she/he may not work. These work case of schedule caste and schedule tribe preferences again depend on a variety of workers. factors, social, cultural and economic. A significantly larger proportion Moreover, non-availability of employment of Muslim workers are engaged in small may result in situations that people proprietary enterprises and their (especially women) withdraws from the participation in formal sector labour force. This is frequently referred employment is significantly less than the to in academic research as “discouraged national average. worker effect”. Consequently differences Among the non-manufacturing in WPRs reflect the difference in segments retail and wholesale trade has a large proportion of the Muslim workers. www.ijar.org.in62 62 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] Table – 2: Work Participation Ratio of Telangana among Different Communities Total Work Main Marginal Male Female Religion Participation Workers Workers WPR WPR Ratio Ratio Ratio Total 46.75 83.91 16.09 54.99 38.41 Hindu 48.71 84.34 15.66 55.93 41.41 Muslim 34.65 80.33 19.67 49.56 19.25 Christian 44.22 84.35 15.65 55.17 33.62 Sikh 40.37 82.54 17.46 55.09 23.88 Buddhist 47.52 76.91 23.09 52.97 41.84 Total Jain 35.86 83.83 16.17 55.94 15.26 Total 53.00 84.25 15.75 56.39 49.60 Hindu 53.52 84.31 15.69 56.56 50.47 Muslim 44.67 83.36 16.64 54.36 34.92 Christian 51.26 85.59 14.41 56.39 46.36 Sikh 48.79 81.55 18.45 56.78 39.66 Buddhist 50.92 76.31 23.69 52.52 49.27 Jain 33.07 82.77 17.23 38.00 28.57 Rural Total 36.84 83.14 16.86 52.80 20.40 Hindu 38.75 84.43 15.57 54.64 22.38 Muslim 31.24 78.85 21.15 47.96 13.83 Christian 41.06 83.66 16.34 54.63 27.85 Sikh 38.91 82.75 17.25 54.79 21.18 Buddhist 40.83 78.38 21.62 53.84 26.93 Urban Jain 36.10 83.92 16.08 57.40 14.02 Source: Computed from Census Data 2011. Table – 3: Non Workers Profile of Telangana of Different Communities Male Female Non Non Non Religion Workers Workers Workers Ratio Ratio Ratio Total 53.25 45.01 61.59 Hindu 51.29 44.07 58.59 Muslim 65.35 50.44 80.75 Christian 55.78 44.83 66.38 Sikh 59.63 44.91 76.12 Buddhist 52.48 47.03 58.16 Total www.ijar.org.in63 63 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] Jain 64.14 44.06 84.74 Total 47.00 43.61 50.40 Hindu 46.48 43.44 49.53 Muslim 55.33 45.64 65.08 Christian 48.74 43.61 53.64 Sikh 51.21 43.22 60.34 Buddhist 49.08 47.48 50.73 Jain 66.93 62.00 71.43 Rural Total 63.16 47.20 79.60 Hindu 61.25 45.36 77.62 Muslim 68.76 52.04 86.17 Christian 58.94 45.37 72.15 Sikh 61.09 45.21 78.82 Buddhist 59.17 46.16 73.07 Jain 63.90 42.60 85.98 Urban Source: Computed from Census Data 2011. The Sudhir Commission Report, income in all the categories. It is clearly 2016 indicated its report that about 48% indicates that the inequality between the Muslim household possesses a monthly Hindus and Muslims are very high. income of less than Rs.10,000/- and more The Sixth Economic Census, than one third i.e., 36.9% had monthly March 2016 provides the count of income levels between Rs.10,000/- and establishments including those in the Rs.20,000/- whereas the other Socio- unorganized sector, which have a huge Religious categories have recorded higher contribution in Indian economy in terms www.ijar.org.in64 64 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] of employment generation. According to Telangana is indicated as follows. this report the Muslims situation in Table-5: All India Sixth Economic Census Data on Various Economic Components in TS Sl.No Description Hindus Muslims Deprivation 1 Distribution of Ownership of 31,416 6500 37% Property in Handicraft/Handloom sector(Total 39,658) 2 Distribution of Employment in 14,242 Proprietary Establishment 52,214 (Total 70,236) 42% 3 Total No.of Establishments under 2,65,733 40,931 39% Women Entrepreneurship (Total 3,56,486) 4 Total No.of Persons Employed 3,97,069 70,723 31% under Women Entrepreneurs (Total 5,86,546) Source: Report on All India Sixth Economic Census, 2016 Conclusion: This data evident that the and betterment of Muslims in Telangana Muslims in Telangana are marginalized as a policy perspective of economic and discriminated in all economic fields inclusion. The Muslims of Telangana while comparing with Hindus. Further shall be granted 12% Reservations in Muslims are engaged in self-employment Employment, Education and activities, particularly in urban areas Legislatures. Skill Development Centers especially in small trades, petty street and Entrepreunal Training Centers shall vending and its related business activity. be established in all the district The fragility of Muslim participation in headquarters with the corpus fund of the economic activity is abysmally low Rs.10 Crores. Micro Finance Credit and further intensifies their facilities shall be provided for Muslims marginalization and displacement in the youth up to Rs.50, 000 /- without market economy. As such the state is no collateral security. longer employer and market forces are References leading in the economic activity. The policies of globalization and economic Census of India, 2011, All India Report liberalization are also caused Muslims on Sixth Economic Census, 2016 into further deterioration in economic activity and they remain as laborers’ and Report on Sudhir Enquiry Commission, daily wage workers. These pathetic Govt,of Telangana, 2016. conditions leads the Muslim community in the state is economically excluded. Therefore the following measures shall be initiated to address the economic issues www.ijar.org.in65 65 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] Economic Planning in India and Inclusive Growth - Role of Administration Thereof Nazir Ahmad Mir, PhD Scholar, Department of Public Administration, Maulana Azad National Urdu University, Hyderabad Abstract: The paperstarts from a brief meaning of Inclusive Growth and its need felt in Economic Planning particularly in 11th and 12th plan and pinpoint shortcomings therein as stated in reports of different committees, commissions and organizations. Success of an economic plan is directly proportional to efficiency of administration/Governance. Noted scholar and administrator Herbert Emmerich once stated that 80% of the plans of world are incapable of being fulfilled because of administration. I would try to explain how Growth can be made more inclusive in India through administrative reforms in the light of recommendations made by the erstwhile Planning Commission, Administrative Reforms Commissions ( ARC's),other commissions and committees Keywords:- Inclusive Growth, Economic Planning, Administrative Reforms, Planning Commission, Administrative Reforms Commissions Introduction. Economic planning has 4. Self-retrospection vis a vis our achieved high growth rate particularly duties and responsibilitiesas citizens from 1991 when economic reforms were towards the problem in hand. initiated in India enabling Indian Research Methodology. This is an economy to be among the fastest growing analytical research paper based on economies of the world. Has the growth analysis and observationsof different been inclusive? If not. Has it increased reports on various facets of title of the spending on social service schemes? If paper, keeping in view objectives of the yes. Then why it is so? If inefficient research. administration is one of the reasons? What reforms are needed to be made in Meaning of Inclusive Growth the administration? These questions are 0rganization for Economic Cooperation tried to be answered in this paper and Development (OECD) defines keeping in view recommendations, inclusive growth as economic growth that reports and analysis made by various creates opportunity for all segments of commissions, committees and the population and distributes the organizations. dividends of increased prosperity, both in monetary and non-monetary terms, fairly Objectives of the Research. across society1. According to the World 1. To understand how growth in Bank, growth is said to be inclusive when India has not been inclusive? it is sustainable in the long run, broad 2. To understand the role of based across sectors and inclusive of large administration in inclusive growth. part of country’s laborforce. There are 3. To suggest reforms in definitions provided by others as well, administration to be up to the task. however all of them as rightly pointed out by UNDP’s chief economist Thangavel www.ijar.org.in66 66 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] Palanivel ,have some common features of implementation and governance to namely growth is inclusive when it takes improve their effectiveness. place in sectors in which the poor PresidentPranab Mukherjee while work(e.g. agriculture), it occurs in areas addressing both houses of parliament at where the poor live (underdeveloped the start of the first budget session of areas with few resources),uses factors of Modi Government described “inclusive production that the poor possess(e.g. growth covering the poorest of the poor unskilled labor) and reduces the prices of as the government’s top priority”.This consumption items that the poor shows that country’s progress on various consume (e.g. food, fuel and clothing)2. fronts has not been translated into Therefore inclusive growth is that growth overall improvement in life of poor and which avoids marginalization of large marginalized sections of the society. segments of population and bridges gaps India’s 60th rank, among 79 developing between haves and have-nots, between nations in Inclusive Development rural and urban areas, between the Index(IDI) 2017 prepared by World employed and under-employed or Economic Forumis below China, Nepal, unemployed, between different states, Bangladesh and Pakistan, substantiates regions, communities and between this fact.3Economic growth has certainly genders. increased government spending on social services 20% of the total outlay of Centre Economic Planning and Inclusive and states in the 9th plan (1997-2002), in Growth in India the 10th plan (2002-07) share of social India’s growth story during the last six services remained roughly the same and and a half decades has been good and raised to 30% of the total plan outlay in particularly remarkable during the last the 11thplan (2007-12)4. But it didn’t 25 years of economic planning. result in commensurate increase in the Liberalization initiated in India in 1991 socio- economic status of the target group aligned Indian economy with the world, i.e economically and socially weaker put it on high growth path and raised its sections of the society (e.g. poor, SC’s and status from an under developed country ST’s,OBC’s, women, minorities and to one of the largest economies of the people living in rural areas).Take the case world. Despite high growth, concerns of poverty in India, according to the have been raised over the growth not Rangarajan Committee ,based on being equally distributed. Policy makers Tendulkar Committee poverty responded to these concerns by arguing estimation, from 2004-05 to 2011-12 for inclusiveness. Consequently the poverty declined by 2.18 percentage planning commission of India entitled the points compared to 0.74 percentage 11th five year plan (2007-12) document as points from 1993-94 to 2004-05 and 138 “towards faster and more inclusive million poor were lifted above the poverty growth” and 12th five year plan (2012-17) line during 2004-05 to 2011-125.But a lot document as “faster, sustainable and remains to be done as recent report of the more inclusive growth”. The flagship World Bank on poverty and shared programmes started in the 11th plan were prosperity maintained that India has the not only continued in the 12th plan but largest number of poor in the world i,e new programmes were also started and 224 million living under the international greater focus was also laid on the issues $1.90 a day poverty line criteria6, the www.ijar.org.in67 67 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] same report held inequality primarily increased from 32 years for both males responsible for the same .A report by and females in 1951 to69.9 years for Johannesburg-based Company New females and 66.9 years for males in 2015 World Wealth corroborates the Bank’s (WHO figures), well below the life view as it givesIndia second most unequal expectancy of China 77.6 years for country status in the world, where femalesand 74.6 years for males. India richest 1% own 53%, richest 5% own has adverse sex ratio with only 940 68.6% and the richest 10% have 76.3% of women to 1000 men (2011 census) More the country’s wealth7. The report also alarming is the child sex ratio which in says that with a total individual wealth of India has declined from 962 in 1981 to $5600 billion, India is among the 10 919 in 2011 (2011 census). Poor access to richest countries of the world, yet the essential healthcare services has resulted average Indian is relatively poor. This in much higher maternal and infant again shows the success of economic mortality rates in India than countries in planning in India in generating wealth, East Asia11.Therefore India is at 130th but abysmal failure when it comes to rank on UNDP’s Human Development distribution of the same among different Index Report 2015.12 stakeholders. Role of Administration/ Governance There is one more strong reason for slow in Inclusive Growth decrease in poverty rate in India and One of the main factors responsible for concentration of poor predominantly in non- inclusive growth inIndia is the rural areas i.eslow growth of agriculture- inefficient implementation of social sector the sector in which poor work. In the 10th schemes by administration. On 17 plan period (2002-07) agriculture sector Dec.2016, the White House issued a grew at just 2% and in the 11th plan statement that India remains one the period (2007-12) by 3.2%8.According to fastest growing countries in the world, census 2011,833 million people lived in with real GDP expanding at 7.3% in the rural India constituting 68.84% of the four quarters of 2016 but inefficiencies total population9.Therefore there is no remain in the public sector, with Indian reason to be astonished when planning poor still lacking healthcare coverage, commission says that 80% of poor resided educational attainment and access to in rural areas in 2011-12.Particularly financial services, further inequality in deplorable would be the condition of India remains high.Therefore inadequacy women as they constitute more than 50% of administration in many developing of Indian farmers and 60% of the countries is recognized as a major agricultural workforce10. Other indicators obstacle to development, perhaps more of Human Development like literacy and serious an obstacle than the lack of education, maternal and infant mortality capital. Herbert Emmerich, a noted rates have shown steady improvement scholar and administrator estimates that but we still lag behind several other 80% of plansof the World are incapable of nations of Asia. The literacy rate has being fulfilled because of administration. gone up from 18.3% in 1951 to 74.04% in A welfare state like India having a 2011(census 2011), but still the largest planned economy and a republican number of illiterates in the world live in constitution can’t function except India. Life expectancy at birth has through efficient, widespread and www.ijar.org.in68 68 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] integrated structure of administration. Transparency International put India at Former Deputy Chairman of the 76th position out of 168 countries.14.I erstwhile planning commission Montek think lack of awareness or education is a Singh Ahluwalia gave a statement in big reason for corruption, an educated October, 2009 that 16 paise out of a rupee person well aware of his rights, would not actually reached the targeted poor, thus be easy to be motivated or coerced to pay corroborating the statement made by late bribe or exploited.Weaker sections of the Rajiv Gandhi-the former Prime Minister society, for whom social inclusion of India in 1985 that out of every rupee schemes are meant despite legislations sent to the common man through welfare like Right to Information Act,Right to schemes only 17 paise reached him13. So Education Act, Forest Rights it is not a rocket science to understand Act,Mahatma Gandhi National Rural where the problem lies? This also Employment Guarantee Act(MGNREGA) highlights the fact that there was no and Food Security Act etc. are not able to progress between pre-reform and post- benefit from them chiefly due to lack of reform period so far as improvement in awareness/education. Proper use of the delivery system is concerned at least ICTtools for effective implementation, up to 2009. Therefore reform in the monitoring and quick flow of administration is the need of the hour to information, can be expected from an distribute the fruits of high economic educated person only. Institutions like growth among the poor and marginalized Lokpal and Lokayuktas should be made sections and regions of the country. independent and stronger by giving them powers of investigation and punishing Reforms needed in Administration those found guilty in a time bound to include the excluded manner. Central Vigilance Commission Since independence many commissions and Central Bureau of Investigation and committees have been set-up to (CBI) should be freed from political suggest reforms in administration. Two control and misuse. Central grants and Administrative Reforms Commissions, aid to states should be linked to reports of Paul H Applebyon Corruption Index of the states as it is Administrative System, Santhanam state and district administrations which Committee on Prevention of Corruption, implement centrally sponsored social Kothari Committee on recruitment of service schemes and where most of the Civil Services, Sarkaria Commission on corruption takes place. 2.Electoral Reforms:- Centre-State Relations, reports of various Pay Commissions, Hota Committee on Political parties should maintain and Civil Service Reforms and reports of publish accounts of funds and donations Planning Commission are prominent collected from private sector to exercise among them. I shall be discussing here,in transparency. Non-disclosure gives rise to the light of recommendations made by favoritism in allocation of contracts, land the above commissions and committees, and spectrum etc., which in turn would only those points which would help in lead to returning of favors in the shape of achieving inclusive growth. less tax collection particularly from the super-rich and thus a nexus is created. In 1. Prevention of Corruption: the process unequal distribution of Corruption Perception Index 2015 of wealth takes place. The poor and the www.ijar.org.in69 69 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] marginalized are the worst suffers as as possible set up factories close to these they don’t get their due. Elections in locations, and engage locals as employees India are by and large free and fair, but there. That would uplift them and there is scope for improvement. Election remove their sense of deprivation. Commission should be more strict and smart in enforcing model code of conduct, 6. Public- Private Partnership:- so that common man exercises right to Public-Private Partnership if done in a vote in true spirit. Women reservation transparent manner would help in bill for 33% reservation in Lok Sabha providing quality education, health and (lower house) and state assemblies other social services. It will ensure a nice pending in the parliament has been there mix of competition and professionalism from last 20 years. This bill should be and spirit of social welfare in service passed soon to give women their share in delivery. policy making and legislation. Women 7. Administrative Ethics:- representation in parliament for 2016 Morality or ethics in administration stands at 11.1% in Rajya Sabha(Upper would ensure better government. The House) and 12% in Lok Sabha(Lower civil servants are expected to set-up high House), 145th rank in 193 countries as per moral standards not only for themselves list issued by Inter-Parliamentary but also for community at large. British Union15. civil service in India demonstrated high 3. Decentralization,Delegation and administrative ethics in its functions of Devolution:- loyal and disinterested service to the All the three terms imply transfer of crown. High moral values inculcate the authority to facilitate, among other virtues of integrity, loyalty, honesty things,people’s participation in sincerity, neutrality, anonymity and administrative process to make sense of public good into the civil service. administration more responsive as the Such virtues would also certainly make field units’ act with the knowledge of administration people-centric. local conditions and requirements. But 8. Fast Agriculture Growth:- responsibility is a corollary of authority. Agriculture growth although concerned Henry Fayol very rightly remarks that with planning than administration, is wherever authority is exercised, very important for inclusive growth. The responsibility arises16. State governments global development experience, especially should devolve powers to local self- from the BRICS countries, reveals that 1 governments institutions under 73rd and percentage point growth in agriculture is 74th constitutional Amendment Act to at least 2 to 3 times effective in reducing enable them monitor and evaluate poverty than the same magnitude of implementation of social service schemes. growth emanating from non-agriculture 5. Rights on resources:- sector17. As stated earlier in the paper Almost all mineral, water and forest that 80% of the poor in India live in rural resources in India are located in rural areas and almost all of them derive their areas and most of them in Tribal areas. livelihood directly or indirectly from As stated earlier 80% of the poor also live agriculture. Fast growth of the sector is in these areas. Besides these areas are of utmost importance to inclusive growth. home to Schedule Tribes and Schedule On the administrative front it is Castes. So Government should as much important for the Centre to work in co- www.ijar.org.in70 70 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] operation with the states to bring 6. ‘India has world’s largest number of coherence in policies and strategies as poor’, agriculture is a state subject. www.governancenow.com,SABGROUP Publishing Division, 3October, 2016.web, Conclusion 1 jan.2017. Economic growth in India has been 7. Agrawal Nisha, ‘Inequality in India: remarkable and rightly acknowledged by What is the real story’? one and all throughout the world. India is www.weforum.org, 4 October, 2016, web, proud to be one of the largest economies 8 January, 2017 of the world and is showing promise for 8. Approach paper to 12th five year plan, the future as well. But unfortunately we Government of India-planning as a nation have not been able to make commission. offset press New Delhi, that growth inclusive. India still has a lot October, 2011, pg.12, print. to do when it comes to poverty, 9.‘About 70% Indians live in rural areas’, education, health etc of the poor, SC’s, thehindu.com, TheHindu Group, 15 July, ST’s ,minorities and rural and urban. 2011, web, 8 January, 2011. Administration or lack of it is prime 10. Ahluwalia Montek S., prospectus and reason for this. Let’sall rise to the policy challenges in the 12th plan, Yojana, occasion and press the executive for January 2012, pg. 9-27, print. reforms in the administration, to fulfill 11. Inclusive Growth, 11th Five Year Plan its promise of ‘sab ka saath sab ka vikaas’ (Chapter 1), India Offset Press New which in English means ‘taking Delhi, pg.2, print. everybody along and development for all’. 12. ‘India up by 5 spots ranks 130th in Human Development Index’, Reference timesofindia.com, Dec.14, 2015, 1. Inclusive growth, timesinternet.in, 14 December, 2015, www.oecd.org,oecd,web,8January 2017. web, 8 January, 2017. 2. DuranPaloma, ‘what does inclusive 13. ‘Rajiv was right: Montek says only growth actually mean in practice’? 16p of Re reaches poor’, www.undp.org, undp.31 July 2015, web, 2 www.thetimesofindia.indiatimes.com,tim January, 2017. esinternet,14 October, 2009, web, 12 3. ‘India 60th in inclusive development January, 2017. index below china, pak.’TheIndian 14.‘India ranks 76 in Corruption express, 17 January 2017.pg 15, print Perception Index’, thehindu.com, The 4. Bhide Shashanka, ‘the social sector Hindu Group, 27 January, 2016, web, 12 challenges’, Yojana, January, 2012, pg. January, 2017. 57, print. 15. ‘Women in national parliaments’, 5. Tendulkar Suresh D., Sengupta www.ipu.org,1 December, 2016, web, 11 Suranjan and Radhakrishna R.‘Report of January, 2017. the expert group to review the 16. Laxmikant .M, Public Administration, methodology for estimation of poverty’, New Delhi, Tata McGraw Hill Education Government of India- Planning Private Limited, 2013. Commission, November 2009, pg. 3- 17. ibid, 8. 23,print. www.ijar.org.in71 71 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] Impact of 25 years economic reforms on sectoral changes in India G.Shailaja, Asst. Professor, Dept. of Management, KITS, Warangal. V.Nivedita Reddy, Associate Profess, Dept. of Management, KITS, Warangal. Abstract: The 1991 policy attempted to liberalize the economy by removing practical hurdles in industrial growth. The task of public sector was limited. Only 2 sectors were finally left reserved for public sector. This reduced burden on the government. A process of either transforming or selling off the sick units started. The process of disinvestment in PSUs also started. The policy provided easier entry of multinational companies, privatization, removal of asset limit on MRTP companies, liberal licensing. All this resulted in bigger competition, that led to lower prices in many goods such as electronics prices. This brought domestic as well as overseas investment in almost every sector opened to private sector. In this paper an attempt is to study the impact of economic reforms on different sectors like agricultural, industrial, service and social sectors. With this it is concluded that the slow growth and in these sectors which have not seen any reform further highlights the significant role of the 1991 reforms in helping India’s economy become what it is today. Introduction: public sector deficit stood at around 10.9 The Indian economy is the tenth biggest percent of GDP in 1990-91, of which in the globe by nominal GDP and the nearly 4.3 percent of GDP was for third largest by purchasing power parity interest payments on domestic and (PPP). India is a member of BRICS and external debt. An analysis by Willem also one of the G-20 most important Buiter and Urjit Patel (1992) showed that economies. On a per capita income basis, unless corrective steps were taken, India India ranked 140th by nominal GDP and was bound to face fiscal insolvency. 129th by GDP (PPP) in 2011, according to the IMF. The economic policies of our Review of literature: country were quite conservative till the Namrata Anand (2014), in his paper early eighties. Current revenues of the has done an analysis of Indian economy, Central Government exceeded current studied the changes in overall trend in expenditures leading to surplus available Indian GDP growth rate, agricultural to finance in part the deficit in capital growth rate, industrial growth rate, & account. In the early eighties, because of service sector growth rate. The paper lax fiscal policies, current revenue concludes that Indian economy surpluses turned into deficits, and the performed well after 1991 but currently government had to borrow at home and due to global financial crisis in 2008 abroad, to finance both its investment Indian economy is going through another and also its current consumption. By turbulent phase. Jay Mandle (2016), in 1990-91, the gross fiscal deficit had his paper made an attempt to discuss grown to about 10% of GDP. If one about the multinational firms which includes the losses of non-financial public contributed to economic growth in the sector enterprises, the consolidated developing world. He has given an insight www.ijar.org.in72 72 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] in this paper about how multinational To understand the impact of firms contributed to growth & improved economic reforms on agricultural, welfare. Finally he concludes that it is industrial, service and social sectors. easy to show that FDI has an important role in economic development, but there is virtually no track record of success. Methodology: The data for the study is TN. Srinivasan (2003) , in this paper a collected from the secondary sources i.e. discussion is made on the radical shift from different websites, journals and from the dysfunctional development books and the collected data is arranged strategy of the previous four decades. in a systematic manner to draw conclusions on selected title. objectives of study: Categorisation of Economic To study the various economic Reforms reforms implemented in India during the last 25 years.. Discussion on sector wise reforms and their impact: Agricultural sector: policies have helped agriculture There is a common misconception that indirectly. The reduction of protection to most of the economic reforms have industry, and the accompanying neglected agriculture, but the trade depreciation in the exchange rate, has www.ijar.org.in73 73 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] tilted relative prices in favor of if the logic of liberalization is to be agriculture and helped agricultural extended to agriculture. exports. The index of agricultural prices relative to manufactured products has Industrial sector: increased by almost 30 percent in the Industrial Policy Reforms: In order to past ten years (Ministry of Finance, 2002, consolidate the gains already achieved Chapter 5). The share of India’s during the 1980s, a series of reforms were agricultural exports in world exports of introduced, in the Industrial Policy. The the same commodities increased from 1.1 government announced a New Industrial percent in 1990 to 1.9 percent in 1999, Policy on 24 July 1991 which sought whereas it had declined in the ten years substantially to deregulate industry so as before the reforms. But, while agriculture to promote growth of a more efficient and has benefited from trade policy changes, competitive industrial economy. it has suffered in other respects, most The central elements of industrial policy notably from the decline in public reforms were as follows: investment in areas critical for Industrial licensing was abolished agricultural growth, such as irrigation for all projects excluding 18 industries by and drainage, soil conservation and water which 80 percent of the industry was management systems and rural roads. taken out of the licensing framework. The Monopolies & Restrictive The report of the Task Force on Trade Practices (MRTP) Act was Employment has made comprehensive repealed to remove the need for former proposals for review of several other approval by large companies for capacity outdated agricultural laws (Planning expansion or diversification. Commission, 2001b) like: Areas reserved for the public sector (17) were narrowed down (8) and Land Tenancy laws - designed to greater participation by private sector protect land tenants, ended up was allowable in core and basic discouraging marginal farmers from industries. These eight are mainly those leasing out nonviable holdings to larger involving strategic and security concerns. farmers for fear of being unable to (Example, railways, atomic energy etc.) reclaim the land from the tenant. The policy encouraged disinvestment of government holdings of The Agricultural Produce Marketing equity share capital of public sector Acts - in various states compel traders to enterprises. buy agricultural produce only in regulated markets, making it difficult for Trade Policy Reforms: Under trade commercial traders to enter into policy reforms, the main focus was on contractual relationships with farmers. greater openness and outward-oriented. New initiatives were taken in trade Development of a modern food processing policy to create an environment which sector, which is essential to the next would provide a stimulus to export while stage of agricultural development, is also at the same time reducing the degree of hampered by outdated and often regulation and licensing control on contradictory laws and regulations. foreign deal. Hence, there is a need to change the laws www.ijar.org.in74 74 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] The main feature of the new trade policy government and both have up with as it has evolved over the years since opposite conclusions. 1991 are as follows: The Abid Hussain Committee of 1997 Freer imports and exports: suggested the elimination of reservation Prior to 1991, in India imports were on all of the 800-odd products then regulated by means of a positive list of reserved exclusively for SSI units. liberally importable items. From 1992, Whereas the new study group appointed imports were regulated by a partial by the Planning Commission in May 1999 negative list. is apparently in favour of retention of Rationalization of tariff reservation for many products. From structure and removal of 1997 until May 2002, only 88 products quantitative restrictions: The have been de-reserved. De-reservation of Chelliah Committee’s Report had 75 more has been announced by the suggested great reduction in import Finance Minister in his budget speech in duties. It had suggested a peak rate of 50 2002-03. The sooner the Hussain percent. The method of lowering the Committee’s recommendation to abolish customs tariffs was carried further in all reservation is implemented, the successive budgets. better. Abolition of industrial licensing Trading Houses: The 1991 and relaxation of restrictions on FDI policy allowed export houses and trading have substantially eliminated barriers of houses to import a wide range of items. entry into industry. The Government also permitted the The 1991 policy was followed by special setting up of trading houses with 51 efforts to increase exports. Concepts like percent foreign equity for the reason of Export Oriented Units (EOU), Export promoting exports. Processing Zones (EPZ), Agri-Export Industrial licensing, irrespective of the Zones (AEZ), Special Economic Zones level of investment, was abolished in July (SEZ) and lately National Investment 1991 for all except 18 industries. In 1998- and Manufacturing Zones(NIMZ) 99, 12 of these have been removed from emerged. All these have benefitted the licensing requirements. The number of export sector of the country. Gradually, a industries reserved for development new act was passed for MSMEs in 2006 entirely by the public sector has been and a separate ministry was established reduced from 17 in 1991-92 to 3 by 2000- to look into the problems of MSMEs. 01. These two are major reforms. The Government tried to provide better draconian Monopolies and Restrictive access to services and finance to MSMEs. Service sector: Impact on Trade Practices (MRTP) Act of 1969 was Infrastructure Development amended in 1991-92, removing the entry limits of assets in respect of application of Power MRTP and of dominant undertakings. : This is one of the crucial The Competition Bill incorporating a infrastructural sectors but the reforms modern competitive law was introduced are yet to have any major impact. At the in Parliament in 2001. The abolition of launch of reforms, electricity generation, reservation of products for production by transmission and distribution were all small-scale industries (SSI) was done by parts of fully-integrated public sector two committees appointed by the monopolies, although there are some generating plants run by the Central www.ijar.org.in75 75 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] Government (including all nuclear power which was a public sector monopoly, was plants) accounting for a quarter of the opened to unrestricted entry in 2002-03. nation’s generating capacity, a much A bill called the “Convergence Bill” was bigger share is owned by State Electricity introduced in Parliament in 2001 which, Boards (SEBs). The sale of electricity by inter alia, envisages the setting up of a SEBs to agricultural and non-commercial regulatory and licensing authority to be users has been heavily subsidized. Theft known as the Communications of electricity (euphemistically called part Commission of India. Parliament’s of transmission and distribution losses) Standing Committee on Communication has been significant as well. In October and Information Technology reported on 1991, the relevant legislation was the bill in November 2002. The Universal amended to permit private enterprises to Service Support Policy came into effect in enter power generation. Even after two April 1, 2002, under which a universal decades of opening up of power service levy (USL) at 5% of adjusted gross generation to the private sector, only 10% revenue of all telecom carriers (except of the generating capacity is in private pure value added service providers) has hands. Several states have unbundled been fixed. generation, transmission and distribution Roads, Ports, Railways and Airports: into distinct entities. Roads sector is another brilliant spot in Telecommunications: The policy infrastructure reforms. A key reform was reforms in this sector have been the formation of a major new source of enormously successful. Value added financial support for national, state and services were opened to private sector in rural road construction, under the 1992, followed by the enunciation of the Central Road Fund Act of 2000. The National Telecom Policy in 1994-95 resources for the fund are raised through which opened up basic telecom services to an additional excise duty on petrol and competition. Foreign equity contribution high-speed digital (HSD). Clearly, given up to 49% was permitted in case of a joint the close relationship between the venture connecting an Indian and a damage to roads created by a vehicle and foreign firm. The Telecom Regulatory its fuel utilization, this is a well-designed Authority of India (TRAI) was user tax. The National Highway established in 1997. In order to separate Development Project financed by the the service-providing function of publicly CRF is one of the largest single highway owned telecom enterprises and policy- projects in the world. It includes the making function, both of which were nearly 6,000 km of Golden Quadrilateral mainly with the Department of (GQ) linking the four metropolitan cities Telecommunications, a separate of Chennai, Delhi, Kolkata and Mumbai Department of Telecom Services was set and 7,300 km of North-South and East- up in 1999-2000. The jurisdiction for West Corridor. The GQ would be resolution of disputes was taken away substantially completed by the end of this from TRAI and entrusted to a separate year and fully by 2004. The corridor agency called Telecom Dispute would be undertaken during 2003-07. Settlement and Appellate Tribunal in the Although new institutional arrangements same year. The two public sector service (including private ownership of ports) providers were corporatized in 2000-01. have better performance considerably, it International long-distance business, www.ijar.org.in76 76 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] still lags behind ports in nearby countries from 8.4 percent in 1990-91 to 6.5 such as Colombo and Singapore. percent in 1991-92. The budget aimed at Indian Railways (IR) is one of the containing government payments and biggest railway systems in the world, augmenting revenues, reversing the serving larger social interests. IR has downtrend in the share of direct taxes to been undertaking uneconomical total tax revenues and curbing operations to offer affordable transport conspicuous consumption. Some of the facilities to the common man and to carry important policy initiatives introduced in certain necessary commodities of mass the budget for the year 1991-92 for consumption at low freight rates. During correcting the fiscal imbalance were: 2001-02 losses incurred on this account reduction in fertilizer subsidy, abolition constituted about to 9% of total earnings of subsidy on sugar, disinvestment of a which are earned through freight services part of the government’s equity holdings and from higher classes of passenger in select public sector undertakings and travel. In addition, cross-subsidization acceptance of major recommendations of exists within freight services” (GOI 2003, the Tax Reforms Committee headed by p. 198). The relatively high cost of freight Raja Chelliah. These recommendations and poor quality of service, is being aimed to raise revenue through better competed by road transport operators. compliance in case of income tax and Although Railways have undertaken excise and customs duties, and make the several reforms to improve their tax structure stable and transparent. Monetary and Financial Sector functioning and to augment their resources, such as involving state Reforms: Monetary reforms aimed at governments to participate in the doing away with interest rate distortions financing of railway projects and creation and rationalizing the structure of lending of the so-called Special Purpose Vehicles rates. The main thrust of reforms in the (i.e., a firm embodying a financial financial sector was on the development contract with no management or of efficient and steady financial employees), until the issue of cross- institutions and markets. Reforms in subsidization is tackled, these reforms respect of the banking as well as non- and a new non-budgetary initiative for banking financial institutions focused on the development of railways are going to creating a deregulated environment and prove inadequate. enabling free play of market forces while Airports: The government has at the same time strengthening the restructured metro airports to make prudential norms and the supervisory them world class with private sector system. Banking: participation. (GOI 2003, p.202). Commercial banks were Financial Sector nationalized in 1969, insurance Fiscal Reforms: A key element in the companies had been nationalized earlier. stabilization effort was to renovate fiscal On the eve of reforms in 1991, the regulation. The fiscal deficit during 1990- financial sector (other than stock 91 was as big as 8.4 percent of GDP. The markets) was dominated by the public budget for 1991-92 took a bold step in the sector. The financial system was path of correcting fiscal imbalance. It reserved, with controls on deposit and envisaged a decline in fiscal deficit by lending rates, discriminating credit nearly two percentage points of GDP controls and the acquirement of a large www.ijar.org.in77 77 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] part of the resources of the banks by the bad debt were introduced in tune with government through cash reserve ratios, the Narasimham Committee Report. statutory liquidity ratios and so on. The Insurance: Reforms have been able to RBI (2003, Chapter VI) gives thrust on a create rivalry in the insurance sector and variety of reforms and their overall give customers a wide choice not only in assessment. Until the early 1990s, the the matter of insurance companies but role of the financial system in India was also in terms of insurance products. mainly restricted to the function of Reforms in this sector have had a mixed channeling resources from the surplus to impact. deficit sectors. The new policy tried in many ways to Rationalization of Exchange Rate make the banking system more efficient. Policy: One of the important measures Some of the measures undertaken were: undertaken to improve the balance of Reserve Requirements : Reduction in payments situation was the devaluation statutory liquidity ratio (SLR) and the of rupee. In the very first week of July cash reserve ratio (CRR) in line with the 1991, the rupee was devalued by around recommendations of the Narasimham 20 percent. The reason was to bridge the Committee Report, 1991. In mid-1991, gap among the real and the nominal SLR and CRR were very high. It was exchange rates that had emerged on proposed to cut down the SLR from 38.5 account of rising inflation and thereby to percent to 25 percent within a time span make the exports competitive. of three years. Similarly, it was proposed Foreign Capital: The government took that the CRR brought down to 10 percent several measures to encourage foreign (from the earlier 25 percent) over a investment in India in the post-reform period of four years period. Some of the important measures Interest Rate Liberalization: Earlier, are: RBI controlled the rates payable on In 1991, the government announced a deposits of different maturities and also specified list of high technology and high- the rates which could be charged for bank investment priority industries wherein loans which varied according to the sector automatic authorization was granted for of use and also the size of the loan. foreign direct investment (FDI) up to 51 Interest rates on time deposits were percent foreign equity. The limit was decontrolled in a sequence of steps raised to 74 percent and subsequently to started with longer term deposits, and 100 percent for many of these industries. liberalization was increasingly extended Moreover, many new industries have to deposits of shorter maturity. Removal been added to the list over the years. of administrative constraints, led to Foreign Investment Promotion Board liberalization of bank branch licensing (FIPB) has been set up to negotiate with policy in order to rationalize the existing international firms and approve direct branch network, banks were given foreign investment in select areas. Steps freedom to displace branches and open were also taken from time to time to specialized branches. Strategy for promote foreign institutional investment opening new private sector banks, new (FII) in India. accounting norms regarding Disinvestment and Privitization: categorization of assets and provisions of Disinvestment of equity in Public Sector Units (PSUs) was started in December www.ijar.org.in78 78 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] 1991 and a Disinvestment Commission in pursuance of the commitment towards was set up during 1991-92 for identifying development of human resources and PSUs for equity disinvestment and for improvement of human well being, signifying modalities of disinvestment. A additional resources for the social Department of Disinvestment, later made services sector are being allocated by the into a Ministry was created. The Government. Appropriate targets for the government has made a suo-motu reduction of poverty, hunger, mortality statement in both houses of Parliament and illiteracy have also been incorporated in December 2002, laying out the in the Tenth Five Year Plan (2002-07)” objectives of disinvestment as “to put (GOI 2003, p. 211) national resources and assets to optimal Education: Universal primary education use and in particular unleash the has been mandated by a new amendment productive potential inherent in our to the Constitution, whether the public enterprises” (GOI 2003, p. 150). elementary education system that “is The successful privatization of BALCO, besieged by many systemic problems such and the sale of important share of equity as insufficient school infrastructure, in Videsh Sanchar Nigam Limited as well presence of single teacher schools, high as Maruti Udyog Limited and other firms teacher absenteeism (specially in rural to private investors, appears to have areas), large-scale teacher vacancies, significantly changed the climate for inadequate equipment, etc.” (GOI 2003, privatization. p. 245) is capable of delivering it is an Globalisation: Globalization is implicit open question. by people in different ways, it means Health: It is recognized by the increased trade and capital flows between government that: health sector reforms nations, spectacular technical change, are a part of economic reforms. Care will particularly in information and have to be taken to ensure that the communication, which has facilitated this poorer segments of the population are integration. To yet others, the perceived able to access services they need. Data increase in economic and political power from the NSSO [National Sample Survey of mobile capital and skilled labor at the Organization] indicate that escalating global level, vis a vis unskilled labor and health care costs is one of the reasons for sovereign governments, is what best indebtedness not only among the poor characterizes the developments at the but also in the middle income group. It is end of the 20th century and the beginning therefore it is necessary that accurate of the 21st century. mechanisms by which costs of rigorous In fact, globalization and economic illnesses and hospitalization can be borne reform are not unrelated because one of by the individual are explored to make the key doctrine of economic reform in affordable choices. To make free public the last ten years has been the opening health care system sustainable, strategies up the national economy to international must be evolved for levy and collection of competition through more openness in user charges from people above the trade and in capital flows in major areas poverty line (GOI 2003, p. 245). of economic and social activity. Social sector: VIII-Conclusion: The 1991 economic A claim has been made that “the ongoing reforms were focused primarily on the economic reforms have a human face and, formal sector and as a result, we have www.ijar.org.in79 79 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] seen considerable explosion in these IX-References: liberalized areas. Sectors such as telecom www.ifg.org/beyondwto.html. and civil aviation have benefited greatly www.gp.org/platform/gpp2000. from deregulation and subsequent www.iie.com/TESTMONY/Bankwc.htm reforms. However, liberalization and www.http/file:///C:/Users/india/Desktop/ec economic reforms still have a long way to onomicreforms/NewIndustrialPolicy1991 go, particularly for the informal sector GeneralKnowledgToday.htm including the urban poor who hold jobs as www.atkearney.com/main.taf street vendors or rickshaw pullers, the www.buseco.monash.edu.au/units/aberu/ agricultural sector, Micro, Small and papers/1405Abby. Medium Enterprises (MSMEs) and http://rbidocs.rbi.org.in/rdocs/AnnualRep tribal’s. The overarching objective of ort/PDFs/65516.pdf Indian development has always been the http://rbidocs.rbi.org.in/rdocs/Bulletin/DO eradication of mass poverty and the Cs/62203.doc attainment of a socio-economic-political- https://reservebank.org.in/cdbmsi/servlet/ legal system in which every Indian has login/ the freedom and opportunity to live a full Namrata Anand, “An overview of Indian life according to his or her own lights. Economy(1991-2013)”, Journal of There can be no doubt, therefore, that Economics & Financie, vol.3,issue 3,Mar- accelerating average annual rate of Apr.2014, pp19-24,(e-ISSN:2321-5933,p- aggregate GDP growth to at least 8%- ISSN 2321-5925). 10% and sustaining it at that level for a Jay Mandle,”Reforming Globalization”, sufficiently long period is a necessary Challenge Journal, vol.44,No.2,Mar- condition for achieving the purpose Apr.2001, (ISSN-0577-5132). within a realistically short time horizon. While growth-oriented policies together Reenana Jhabvala & Ravi Kanbur, with policies to ensure that benefits of “Globalization & Economic Reforms as growth are widely shared are necessary, seen from the Gound: SEWA’s they have to be supplemented by policies Experience in India”, Paper presented to that are focused on providing the Indian Economy conference, Cornell opportunities to the poor to acquire University, April 2002. quality education and adequate health care. Significant progress has indeed been TN. Srinivasan, “Indian Economic made in terms of increases of literacy, life Reforms: A stocktaking”, Economic and expectancy and reductions in infant, child Political Weekly, January and maternal mortality. (25th -31st )2003, pp 303-306. www.ijar.org.in80 80 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] Economic Reforms and Employment Scenario in India R.Srinivas, Research Scholar, KU ,Warangal. Introduction time to time to expand employment Population explosion and spread opportunities have brought in of education and skills in India make conspicuous changes in the structure of employment as a crucial problem for the employment, mainly reducing the Indian economy as the thinking in the dependence on agriculture and rural India is also fast changing. The encouraging non-farm employment in the uncertain nature of agriculture and the rural areas. However, in the reforms era mechanization practices in agriculture since 1991 the priorities and policy have displaced rural work force since interventions of the Government have 2000. The volume of unemployment has necessitated an investigation into the been increasing and migration from rural impact of reforms on the employment to urban seeking livelihoods has been structure in India. This research paper increasing. Rapid and accelerated makes an effort to reveal the employment economic growth has been witnesses in scenario in India in the post-reforms the GDP after the reforms and it has period. Objectives: been expected that this would bring in The basic objective of this diversification of employment both in paper is to examine the trends of rural and urban areas the trickledown unemployment in the pre and post effect had not been effective and special reforms period in India. It also makes an programs for employment have been effort to analyse the structural changes started to increase employment. The in the employment situation. beginning of 1990s saw the initiation of Materials and Methods: Data is economic reforms involving deregulation secondary collected from NSSO surveys of economic activities, liberalization of of different rounds and Economic surveys foreign trade and investment and the role of the Ministry of Finance. Simple of public sector was reduced in providing averages and percentages are used to employment. With a view to initiate analyse the data. multi-pronged attack on these twin Review of Literature: problems different employment Ram Krishna Singh et.al (2012) generation programmes have been have analysed the unemployment in the implemented by the government since state of Kerala from different angles. As mid-1970s of which IRDP (1978-79), per the NSSO report 2009-10 Kerala has TRYSEM, RLEGP, NREGP, SJSRY, the highest unemployment rate, 16.7 SGSY and SGRY are prominent. These percent against the National average of programmes for employment generation 6.6 percent on current daily status. The culminated in the National Rural authors opine that the state government Employment Guarantee Act; 2005 which need to spend more on productive was subsequently renamed as Mahatma activities instead of on higher education Gandhi National Rural Employment since productive activities create Gurantee Act, making employment a employment. P.Anbalgan (2012) has legal right. The policies and programmes examined the employment trends in of the government with changes from India. The empirical evidence in the www.ijar.org.in81 81 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] study reveals that one third of the techniques to expand employment. The working force in India is engaged is study reveals that incomes in the rural causal employment The study points out areas would increase with the growth of that decelerated employment growth, low urban oriented activities for which rapid contribution to GDP by agriculture agricultural growth is needed. where majority are employed, low Results and Discussion: It is observed employment generation in the from the data in Table-I that the unorganized sector, Lack of education unemployment rate in the rural India and skills as the challenges to the Indian increased to 5.7 percent in 2011-12 when economy. The authors conclude that compared to 5.3 percent in the pre- appropriate policies can help India to reforms period of 1987-88. At the same reap the demographic dividend. Tenaji time urban unemployment decreased G.Gite (2012) states that the growth of significantly from 9.4 percent to 5.5 non-farm sector in India is a structural percent. It implies that rural employment transformation of the Indian economy. has decreased while the employment But it generates a few jobs. More avenues in the urban areas have structural changes can be achieved by the expanded. urban economy through labour intensive Table-I: Unemployment among Urban and Rural areas Period Rural Areas Urban Areas 1987-88 5.3 9.4 1993-94 5.6 7.4 1999-2000 7.2 7.7 2004-05 8.28 8.28 2009-10 6.8 5.8 2011-12 5.7 5.5 Note: Unemployment rate on currently daily status: Source: NSSO surveys Workers under self-employment increased from 14.4 percent to 18 percent decreased to 52 percent from 56 percent while causal workers increased slightly to between 1987-88 and 2011-12 showing a 30 percent in 2011-12 from 29.6 percent. change in the distribution of workers, However casualisation of employment category wise. Regular salaried went on increasing from 1987-88. Table-2 employment during the same period here under reveals the above trends. Table-II: Distribution of Workers Category wise (Usual Status) (Percent of total workers) Period Self-Employment Regular Casual Salaried 1987-88 56.0 14.4 29.6 1993-94 54.8 13.2 32.0 1999-2000 52.9 13.9 33.2 2004-05 53.8 16.26 29.9 2009-10 51.0 15.6 33.5 2011-12 52.0 18.0 30.0 Source: NSSO Surveys www.ijar.org.in82 82 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] Employment growth in the trend in the private sector was visible at organized sector which includes both 3.8 percent. However, employment in the public and private sectors was 1.4 percent public sector was awfully low and during 1983-88. It declined regularly to negative as the priorities of the 0.4 percent and became negative – 1.1 government changed with disinvestment percent during 1999-2000 to 2004-05 on the increase. though a slender growth rate of 0.7 Table-III provides the details of the percent was recorded in 2004-5 to 2009- employment growth in the private and 10. The growth rates of employment in public sectors. both the sectors decreased and a rising Table-III: Growth in the Organized sector Employment Period Public Private Total Sector Sector 1983-88 2.2 -0.4 1.4 1988-94 1.0 1.2 1.4 1994-2000 -0.1 1.5 0.4 2000-2005 -1.4 -0.5 -1.1 2005-2010 -0.7 3.8 0.7 Source: Economic Surveys Growth rate of employment in the non- is decreased considerably to 2.53 percent agricultural sector is crucial for during 2004-05 and 2009-10. This decline generating incomes in the rural areas. In has its impact on the incomes of the rural the post reforms period, between 1999- households despite the generation of 2000 and 2004-05 non-agricultural sector employment under NREGA. Table-IV recorded 4.65 percent as growth rate. But provides the details. Table-IV: Growth rate of Employment in the Non-Agricultural Sector Period Total Male Female 1999-2000 to 2004-05 4.05 4.42 5.76 2004-05 to. 2009-10 2.53 2.89 0.76 Source: Chandrasekhar and Ghosh (2011) The slowdown in the growth of non- increased by 3.6 points. However, casual agricultural employment is more for employment has increased. females when compared to males. The 3. Organised sector employment has decline has prompted mass migration decreased regularly and became negative from rural to urban seeking wage during 2000-2005. It implies that employment. unorganized / casual employment has Findings of the Study:- been increasing where security is not 1. In the post reforms India urban available to the work-force. unemployment has decreased by 3.9 4. Non-agricultural employment has percentage points while rural decreased and the decrease is steep in unemployment increased marginally. female employment. Rural households 2. Self-employment has decreased are affected due to this decline. by 4 points while regular employment www.ijar.org.in83 83 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] Conclusion:- comment that it is “Jobless growth” is to It can be concluded that the be taken in the right spirit. Casualisation Indian economy has witnessed structural of employment has increased. Suitable changes in the employment scenario in strategies and policy measures are to be the post-reforms period due to the designed to augment job creation failing strategies of the government, awareness which the so called higher growth rates of the people, spread of education, become less meaningful to the expansion of transport and marginalized sections of the society. References: communication facilities and impact of all forms of media. In rural India non-farm 1) Various NSSO surveys activities are opted by the workers, giving 2) Chandra Shekhar, C.P and J.Ghosh preference to even migration, because of (2011) stable employment, higher wages and 3) Mummun Sharma and Sameer more employment days. However, Kumar (2012) “Latest Employment manufacturing sector employment has Trends from the NSSO” Business come down. Service sector employment line. has been encouraging in the reforms 4) P.Gita G.Pandya (2012) “Human period with a lot of diversification. Public Resource Development and sector employment has fallen due to the Employment Pattern” in Indian policies of disinvestment by the Economic Journal, December. government and the push to the private 5) P.Anablagam (2012), “Demographic sector. Structural changes have taken Dividend and Employment Trends in place in the reforms period in the India” Indian Economic Journal, employment scenario. But they should be December. scientific and useful to the people by 6) Ram Krishna Singh et.al (2012), creating more employment avenues to “HRD and Kerala” Indian Economic improve incomes. Indian Economy has Journal, December. witnessed substantial GDP growth rates 7) Tenaji.G.Gite (2012), “Changes in the in the range of 6 to 8 percent on an structure of Employment” Indian average in the last 10-15 years. But the Economic Journal 2012. www.ijar.org.in84 84 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] Implementation of Agriculture Crop Insurance Scheme in Andhra Pradesh P.Raja Ramesh, Research Scholar Department of Economics Acharya Nagarjuna University Abstract Andhra Pradesh is the eighth largest state in the country covering 160.20 lakh hectares and representing 5.01% of the country’s area. It has a population of 4.94 crores, ranking tenth in the country. Sustainable growth in Agriculture sector is the “need of the hour” not only for the State of Andhra Pradesh but also for the Country as a whole. It is the bed rock of the State’s economy. Out of the total population of the State about 70% live in rural areas eking their livelihood from Agriculture and allied activities. It is a major source of income to the State’s economy. Agriculture is the back bone of state’s economy contributing about 23% to the Gross Domestic Product of the State. The Agriculture growth in the state continues to be the key factor for improving state’s economy, accounting more than one fifth of GSDP and two - third of the population for source of livelihood. There is an urgent need to respond not only to sustain the agricultural production but also to the diversified market demands, export opportunities and environmental concerns. Key Words: Crop Insurance Scheme, Agriculture, National Crop Insurance Programme Introduction implemented in 4 Districts during Crop Insurance National Agriculture Kharif 2013 on pilot basis was extended Insurance Scheme The Government to all the Districts during Kharif 2014 have taken proactive step of and Rabi 2014-15 seasons to benefit the implementation of National Crop farmers in the event of crop loss due to Insurance Programme (NCIP) with any calamity. The scheme comprising effect from Kharif 2014 in all the the additional features such as coverage Districts as per the directions of of prevented sowings, coverage of post Government of India. These schemes harvest losses, localized calamities (hail are well received by the farmers as the storm) covered on individual basis, Government developed needed district major crop under Village infrastructure and streamlined the Insurance Unit, 40- 75% premium system of implementation of Crop subsidy to all the farmers, claims Insurance Programme. The new scheme processed based on past 7 years average “National Crop Insurance Programme” yield by excluding 2 disaster years, on (NCIP) comprising two components 1. account of payment in the event of mid Modified National Agricultural season crop failure, 25% of likely claim Insurance Scheme (MNAIS) 2. will be paid in advance to the farmers Weather Based Crop Insurance Scheme Crops notified under MNAIS in all the (WBCIS) Kharif 2014 in the state which districts of the state during Kharif 2014 have many more farmer friendly viz., Rice (village made as insurance features. Modified National Agriculture unit), Bajra, Groundnut(UI), Insurance Scheme MNAIS was sugarcane(P), sugarcane(R), Maize, www.ijar.org.in85 85 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] Redgram, Cotton (I), Cotton(UI), implementation of different Crop Blackgram, Castor, Turmeric, Insurance Programmes, Andhra Chillies(I), Chillies(UI), Sunflower. Pradesh state stands in No.1 position in Crops notified under MNAIS in all the terms of coverage of farmers, coverage districts of the state during Rabi 2014- of Area, Claims paid and Farmers 15 viz., Rice, Blackgram, benefited for the last 4 years. During Chilly(Irrigated), Greengram, the year 2011-12, an amount of Rs.397 Groundnut, Onion, Maize, Jowar UI), crores of claims paid benefited 8.15 lakh Blackgram, Bengalgram, Sunflower and farmers, during 2012-13, claims for Rice(village made as insurance unit) in Rs.779 crores benefiting 8.85 lakh some districts Village as Insurance Unit farmers and during the year 2013-14, Scheme Apart from Mandal Insurance claims for Rs.580 crores paid to 7.57 Unit, one major crop in each District is Lakhs of eligible farmers in the state. selected under Village Insurance Unit, Agricultural Credit The Annual Credit which is more beneficial to the farming Plan 2014-15 for the State was Rs. community. Lower size of Unit is more 56019.16 crore towards Agriculture representative in yield assessment for Credit Rs.13788.60 crore (22.61%) was computation of Crop Insurance claims. disbursed under Agricultural credit. Weather Based Crop Insurance Scheme Apart from the “National Agricultural Agriculture Insurance Company of Insurance Scheme” (NAIS), the India Limited (AIC) was incorporated Government of Andhra Pradesh is under the Indian Companies Act 1956 implementing on 20th December, 2002 with an “Weather Based Crop Insurance authorised share capital of INR 15 Scheme (WBCIS)” billion and paid up capital of INR 2 for the benefit of farming community, billion. AIC commenced business from which aims to mitigate hardships of the 1st April, 2003. National Agricultural insured farmers due to the financial loss Insurance Scheme (NAIS) A new crop on account of anticipated crop loss insurance, called Rashtriya Krishi Bima resulting from incidence of adverse Yoana (RKBY) or National Agricultural deviations of weather parameters like Insurance Scheme (NAIS) was launched Rainfall, Temperature, Relative by the Prime Minister on June 23 1999. humidity etc. The Scheme was extended Participation in RKBY was compulsory to other Crops and Districts season by for farmers growing notified crops and season. Season wise and District-wise availing of crop loans from formal credit notified crops under WBCIS and institutions. However, non-borrower District wise Crops Notified under farmers growing notified crops were WBCIS. Season wise and District wise also eligible to opt for the scheme on a Crops Notified under WBCIS 43 voluntary basis. In case of loanee Premium Subsidy: 25% to 50% premium farmers the Sum Insured (SI) was equal subsidy is allowed to all the farmers to the amount of crop loan advanced. irrespective of their category. National However, the farmer has the option to Agricultural Insurance Scheme NAIS is insure the amount equivalent to the implemented for selected crops in value of threshold yield of the insured selected districts during Rabi-2014-15. crop. Districts and Crops Notified Under www.ijar.org.in86 86 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] Farmers against crop failure due to The National Agricultural Insurance natural calamities, pests & diseases, Scheme or the NAIS was launched in weather conditions, Government of 1999 rabi season in India under the India is implementing National Crop charge of General Insurance Insurance Programme (NCIP) with Corporation as the implementing component schemes of Modified agency (IA). Subsequently from 2003 an National Agricultural Insurance autonomous organization called the Scheme (MNAIS), Weather Based Crop Agricultural Insurance Company of Insurance Scheme (WBCIS) and India Ltd. with its head office in New Coconut Palm Insurance Scheme Delhi was created to look after the (CPIS). In addition, National implementation NAIS. The objectives of Agricultural Insurance Scheme (NAIS) the NAIS are as follows. (a) Natural which was to be withdrawn after fire and lightening (b) storm, hailstorm, implementation of NCIP from Rabi cyclone, typhoon, tempest, hurricane, 2013-14, has been allowed to be tornado etc. (c) flood inundation and continued on request of States. landslide (d) drought, dry spells (e) Improvement in crop insurance schemes pests/diseases etc. The contours of the to make them more scientific and to NAIS The salient features of the scheme better serve the interest of farmers is a can be described as follows: Selective continuous process. To make the crop compulsion:- Insurance is compulsory insurance schemes farmers friendly for all farmers growing notified crops various improvements in consultations and availing seasonal agricultural with various stakeholders including operations (SAO) loans from financial State Governments have been made in institution. All other farmers growing the schemes from time to time to notified crops can also opt for the sufficiently compensate the farmers on scheme voluntarily. account of damage of their crops due to Multiple crops Covered: Food crops natural calamities/adverse weather to (cereals, millets and pulses), oil seeds, provide targeted benefit to the farmers annual commercial/Annual horticultural under the Crop Insurance Schemes. crops. The set of commercial and Objectives: The paper is to analyse the horticultural crops have been enlarged Implementation of crop insurance over the years. The crops earmarked for programmes in Andhra Pradesh coverage depend an availability of Methodology: This study is mainly adequate past yield data from crop based on secondary data. The cutting experiments (CCE) and the secondary data will be collected from requisite number of CCEs during the the government reports, Statistical season. Wide coverage of States and Abstract of Andhra Pradesh, Socio Union Territories (UT):- The scheme economic survey of Andhra Pradesh extends to all states and UTS but those (2013-14) and Agricultural census of opting for the scheme (1) will have to India and Andhra Pradesh. Chief take up all the crops identified for planning office at district head quarters coverage and (2) will have to continue as well as from related books, reputed for a minimum period of three years. journals and articles. Unit of Insurance: The scheme would National Agricultural Insurance operate on the basis of (1) area Scheme India approach for widespread calamities and www.ijar.org.in87 87 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] (2) on an individual basis of loss adjusters has to be created and (experimentally) for localized calamities officers to be trained LOI Table Sum like hailstorm, landslide, cyclone and Insured (SI):-The SI may extend to the flood. The defined area may be a Gram TY valued at the minimum support Panchayat, Mandal, Hobli, Circle, price or at the previous year’s market Phirka, Block, Taluka etc. to be price at the option of the insured farmer declared by the state. However the unit and beyond TY for payment of actuarial is to reach the gram panchayat level in premium. For those who have borrowed three years. from institutional sources (loanees), the Crop Yield Estimation: The state SI must be at least equal to the amount will conduct a required number of crop of crop loan. The financial institutions cutting experiments or CCEs for all shall also compulsorily cover all crop notified crops in the insurance units to loans distributed through Kissan Credit assess crop yield. The state will Card (KCC). maintain a single series of CCE-based Premium: Premium rates are fixed at yield estimates both for the sake of crop 3.5% for Bajra, 2.5% for other kharif production statistics and for crop crops, 1.5% for wheat and 2% for other insurance. A technical advisory rabi crops. The actual premium rates committee comprising of are required to be the fixed rates or the representatives from NSSO, Ministry of acturial rates which ever are less. For Agriculture and the IA will decide the commercial crops the rates are sample size of CCEs. Indemnity levels, necessarily actuarial. The scheme Threshold Yield and Loss The areas are foresees a transition to the actuarial classified into three groups as low risk, regime in five years but the actual rates medium risk and high risk measured by shall be applied at the option of the levels of indemnity (LOI) at 90% and states. Fifty percent subsidy on 80% and 60% respectively, based on the premium is allowed in respect of small coefficient of variation in yield of last 10 and marginal farmers but will be phased years. xviiThe insured farmer can ask out in xviiithree to five years subject to for higher LOI for payment of review. The central and state additional premium. The threshold yield governments will share the burden. (TY) of a crop in the unit is the moving Dates: For loan period April to average based on past three years yield September in Kharif season, declaration in case of rice and wheat, and five years for insurance will be received by on case of others, multiplied by the state November and for rabi loaning season of LOI. If the actual yield per hectare of October the ‘cut off’ date is May . the insured crop in the area based on Correspondingly the cut-off dates for the CCE falls short of the specified TY, receipt of the yield data from the then all the insured farmers growing government are January-March and that crop in the defined area are deemed July-September. to have suffered a loss. Bank’s role: A nodal system has Localised/specified perils : For operated for the earlier CCIS and localized perils, loss assessment is done continues in the operation of NAIS in at the individual basis experimentally. which the IA does not have to deal with Loss assessment and indemnity the loan dispersal point. Each Scheduled procedure are formulated by IA. A cadre bank shall with the concurrence of the www.ijar.org.in88 88 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] IA fix the Nodal points. The Nodal Bank Roles of the Government: The state will communicate to its branch offices government notifies the crops ‘area’s on the notification of crops and areas and the premium rates as applicable. It from the Governments. The individual also supplied the IA with past 10 years bank distributing loan for an insurable area wise yield data and the current crop grants additional loan towards yield data from CCEs. The premium premium charges and the bank branch subsidies to small and marginal farmers sends a statement crop wise and area- are shared by the State and central wise to the nodal branch every month. governments. The central and State The banks maintain all back-up records governments contribute for building up relating to Kissan Credit card loans for a corpus fund to meet catastrophic insurable crops. The Nodal banks losses. The corpus fund is also released submit the declarations in a prescribed as per the scale and date given. The format to the IA in the stipulated time. corpus fund meant for catastrophic On an experimental basis, the non- losses are shared by with central and loanee farmers may submit the proposal state governments. The two directly to the IA depending on IA’s governments also share the infrastructure. In addition financial administration and operational cost institutions (FIs) are expected to (A&O) on a sun set basis for five years. educate and guide the farmers on the The State government is implemental in scheme and its formalities and to setting up various monitoring maintain records. Commitees as required. Claim settlement: The state Benefits and exclusions: The government will plan, conduct and scheme is expected to be a critical maintain a single series of CCE’s and instrument for the development of furnish the yield data to IA within the agriculture. It will encourage farmers to stipulated cut-off dates. Claims will be adopt progressive practices and modern worked out by the IA using the technology and helping maintain the declarations received from FIs and the flow of credit and benefit to farmers and yield data from entire community with multiplier State Government . The funds needed effects. for payment of claims beyond the risk Conclusion sharing limits of IA shall be provided by The entire system of crop insurance in the Government. The claim cheques and rural India is bizarre in the extreme. particulars are released by the IA to the The farmer is not compensated for Nodal Banks. The Banks at the grass- individual crop loss, but has to be root level in turn credit the accounts of treated as one of the entire group in the individual farmers and display the area, and the unit for calculation is particulars on a notice board. The IA taken to be the block of the district & has a responsibility of professional (mandal). There is wide variation in soil building up the crop yield database and types, cultivation conditions and even the preparation of xixacturial premium rainfall within such blocks, and so the rates as well as in organizing training, average disguises a large range of crop awareness and publicity programmes. output. Some farmers may lose their The IA also seeks to procure entire crop even when the average for reinsurance from international market. the block is normal. In these www.ijar.org.in89 89 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] circumstances, linking compensation 5. Lilleor, Helene Bie et. Al., payments to the average crop Weather Insurance in Semi-Arid India, performance of the block (mandal) is March 23, 2005, www.rff.dk extremely unfair. It is akin to linking 6. Venkatesh, G, Crop Insurance payments of life insurance claims to the in India – A Study, Mumbai average death rate in a particular area, 7. Government of India, State-wise rather than the death of the individual Progress of CCIS from Kharif ’85 to who has taken out the policy. What Kharif 1999 explains this extraordinary system, 8. Ifft, Jennifer, Government vs which adds to the burden on farmers Weather: The True Story of Crop without providing any compensation to Insurance in India, Research Internship so many genuine cases? The answer lies Papers 2001, Centre for Civil Society, in the way in which the system of crop www.cci.in insurance was introduced, and the 9. Sinha, Sidharath, Agriculture inflexible manner in which it is Insurance in India: Scope for currently being pursued. Some well- Participation of Private Insurers, meaning policy-makers at the Centre Economic and Political Weekly, June 19, decided some years ago that anyone 2004, P 2605-2612 taking a crop loan from an institutional 10. World Bank, Piloting Weather source should also take on crop Insurance Scheme in India, August 27, insurance. And so the public insurance 2003, web.worldbank.org companies were instructed to provide 11. Raju, SS and Ramesh Chand, crop insurance - which could be linked Agriculture Insurance in India: to the loans - to farmers. This was an Problems and Prospects, NCAP excellent idea, except that the insurance Working Paper No. 8, March 2008 13companies were not provided with the 12. Agriculture Insurance Company additional staff that is necessary to of India, Performance of NAIS, Country supervise and implement the provision Profile of crop loans. 13. Dandekar VM (1985). Crop Refarences Insurance in India: A Review 1976-1977 to 1984-1985, Economic 1. Government of India, Report of and Political Weekly. the Working Group on Risk 14. Food and Agriculture Organization. Management in Agriculture for Insurance of Crops in Developing Eleventh Five Year Plan (2007-12), Countries. FAO Corporate Planning Commission, New Delhi DocumentRepository. 2005. 2. India Development Gateway, 15. Itturioz, Ramiro, Agricultural Varsha Bima - 2005, Insurance: Primer Series on Insurance, www.indg.in/agricultutre Issue 12, the World Bank. 3. Government of India, Crop November2009. Insurance, www.indiaagronet.com 16. Raju, S. S. and Chand, Ramesh, 4. India Development Gateway, Agricultural Insurance in India Weather Based Crop Insurance Scheme Problems and Prospects. (WBCIS), www.indg.in/agriculture NationalCentre for Agricultural Economics and Policy Research, India, 2008.Wenner, www.ijar.org.in90 90 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] Economic Reforms and Agriculture Sector – An Analytical Note D.Rajendar, Research scholar, Department of Economics, Kakatiya University, Warangal Dr. K.Mohan Reddy, Asst. Professor, Department of Economics, Kakatiya University, Warangal Abstract The present paper deals with the economic reforms and agriculture sector in India. It is generally held view that the process of economic reforms was initiated in India by the government of P.V. Narasimha Rao in 1991 with the announcement of number of measures for liberalizing the economy by the then Finance Minister Manmohan Singh. The process of economic reforms includes liberalization, privatization and globalisation which are known as LPG policy. Economic reforms are consisting of two distinct strands -macroeconomic stabilization and structural reforms. These reforms paved the way for changes in different sectors gave more emphasis in industrial and service sectors other than agriculture a major sin of economic reforms neglects agriculture where India depends 48.9 per cent of population. The present paper has been divided into three sections. As a whole, it can be said that the initial years of reforms were to some extent favorable for agricultural growth, but latter period it is very much disheartening to note that a sharp decline in the growth rate of the almost all the sub-sectors witnessed. Introduction: years. As a matter of fact, sectoral During 1991, the country composition of growth is more initiated economic reforms aimed at far- challenging than the growth in total reaching changes in regulations, fiscal GDP, which is related to the well-being policy, trade policy, exchange rate, role of of a very large segment of population. market forces, private sector Agriculture, which accounted for more participation in economic activities and than 30 per cent of total GDP in the government controls and intervention in beginning of reforms failed to maintain the market. The agricultural sector was its pre-reform growth or keep pace with not targeted directly by the reforms for a growth in the non-agricultural sector1. couple of years, but it was affected On the contrary, it witnessed a sharp indirectly through changes in the deceleration in growth after the mid- exchange rate, export liberalisation and 1990s2. This happened despite the fact terms of trade resulting from that agricultural productivity in most of disprotection to industry. Annual growth the States was quite low and there was a rate in total gross domestic product lot of scope and potential for the growth (GDP) has accelerated from below 6 per of agricultural output3. cent during the initial years of reforms to more than 8 per cent in the recent years. The only measure taken during The approach paper to Eleventh Five- the early years of reforms that had a Year Plan finds that 8.5 per cent growth direct impact on agriculture was in GDP is feasible during the next five decontrol of fertilizers and reduction in www.ijar.org.in91 91 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] the fertilizer subsidy4. The disprotection macro management of the economy. to industry resulted in improvement in Bhagwati and Padma Desai (1970) have terms of trade for agriculture during the been highly critical of the regularly initial years of reforms. Another factor, system. Isher J.Ahluwalia (1985) blamed which contributed positively to the industrial licensing system and agricultural growth during the initial bureaucratic controls for the industrial years of reform was a substantial hike in stagnation during the second half of the minimum support prices given by the 1960s and the 1970s. Chandrasekhar and government, mainly to reduce the gap Pal (2006) critically examined the between domestic and international financial liberalization in India. The prices5 that resulted largely from EPW Research Foundation (1994) was of devaluation of the overvalued exchange the view that the new economic policy is rate. The impact of these changes and seriously flawed in conception -in its various other factors was a small contents, strategy and approach and in acceleration in the growth rate of many other respects. agriculture during the first six years of reforms. The average growth rate of Methods and Materials: Keeping all GDP in agriculture and allied sectors these facets in view, the present paper is turned out to be 3.64 per cent during aimed at to analyse the current status of 1990-91 to 1996-97 which was 0.5 Indian agriculture in the arena of percentage points higher than the economic reforms. This study is previous decade. In fact, during the early primarily based on the secondary data years of reforms, gap in the growth rate collected from the reports of the National between agriculture and non-agriculture Accounts Statistics (NAS), Central slightly narrowed down. After one decade Statistical Organisation (CSO), of reforms 2000-2001 to2010-2011, Statistical Outline of India and various agriculture decline from 3.3 to 3.2. issues of Economic Survey. Review of Literature: Results and Discussion: After Vijay Joshi and IMD Little (1993) registering impressive performance have argued that in the long run, during 1980s, the agricultural growth structural reform is as helpful for decelerated in the economic reform stabilization as stabilization is for period (commencing in 1991). As is clear structural reform. In the absence of from Table-1, the rate of growth of reform , losses of public enterprises production of food grains fell from 2.9 would continue to burden the budget: per cent annum in 1980s to 2.0 per cent trade restrictions would hamper the per annum in 1990s and stood at 2.1 per growth of exports; and compulsory cent per annum in the first decade of the government capture of private savings present century (2000-01 to 2012-13). If would erode fiscal discipline. Deepak we consider all crops together, the rate of Nayyar (1993) was of the view that the growth of production fell from 3.2 per internal imbalance in the fiscal situation cent in 1980s to 2.3 per cent per annum and the external imbalance in the in 1990s and stood at 2.8 per cent per payments situation were closely related annum during the period 2000-01 to through the absence of produce in the 2011-12.However, the rate of growth of www.ijar.org.in92 92 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] productivity, both in the case of accelerated in the period 2000-01 to foodgrains and all crops, after falling in 2012-13. The period since 1991, 1990s, improved during 2000s (as shown therefore, emerges as a kind of in Table-1). The implication of this watershed in time when growth in observation is that output growth in the Indian agriculture, resurgent from the economic reforms period would have middle 1960s, was arrested. been still lower, had the productivity not Table-1: All-India Compound Growth Rates of Production and Yield of Some Crops (1980-81 to 2012-13) Crop Before Reform After Reform Period Period 1980-81to 1989-90 1990-91to1999- 2000-01to 2012-13 2000 Production Yield Production Yield Production Yield Rice 3.6 3.2 2.0 1.3 1.7 2.0 Wheat 3.6 3.1 3.6 1.8 2.3 1.1 Jowar 0.3 1.3 -3.1 0.5 -2.6 0.9 Bajra 0.0 1.1 1.0 2.4 1.9 4.5 Maize 1.9 2.1 3.3 2.3 4.9 2.6 Total Pulses 1.5 1.6 0.6 0.9 3.9 2.9 Total 2.9 2.7 2.0 1.5 2.1 2.1 Foodgrains Sugarcane 2.7 1.2 2.7 1.1 1.1 -0.2 Total 5.2 2.4 1.6 1.2 4.1 2.9 Oilseeds Non- 3.8 2.3 2.7 1.1 3.8* 2.4* foodgrains All crops 3.2 2.6 2.3 1.3 2.8* 3.3* Source: Computed from Govt.of India, Ministry of Agriculture, Agricultural Statistics at Glance, 1997, New Delhi. Note: * Pertain to the period 2000-01 to 2011-12. There was a prolonged including those such as horticulture, deceleration in agricultural growth since livestock, and fisheries where growth of the mid-1990s and over the period 1997- agricultural GDP was much below the 98 to 2004-05, the rate of growth of target of 4.0 per cent per annum set in agricultural GDP was only 2.0 per cent both Ninth and Tenth Plans ( it was only per annum (down from 3.5 per cent per 2.4 per cent per annum in the Tenth annum during 1981-82 to 1996-97).As Plan). The Eleventh Plan also kept a shown by Eleventh Five Year Plan target of 4 per cent per annum growth in document, this deceleration, although GDP from agriculture and allied sectors most marked in rainfed areas, occurred while actual achievement was 3.6 per in almost all the States and covered cent per annum. The Twelfth Plan has almost all the major sub-sectors www.ijar.org.in93 93 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] maintained the growth target for economic reforms, whatever negative agriculture at 4.0 per cent per annum. aspects the Indian agriculture will face that can be suitably neutralized by The growth rates of GDP and responding to its positive aspects. Thus if agricultural growth rates have been the Indian agriculture can meet the presented in Table-2.In this regard, it is challenges and opportunities open to it pertinent to quote Jhon Drez and and if the developed countries do not put Amartya Sen’s view held that prior to any trade barrier before the flow of economic reforms agricultural growth Indian agricultural exports, then India rate was 3.5 in the decade of 1980-1981 will definitely be able to overcome the to 1990-91. After implementing economic problems and barriers and also become reform the agriculture growth rate successful to gain sufficiently from this declined to 3.2 per cent in the decade of new world trade regime. Therefore, it 2000-01 to 2010-11.The main reasons for can be observed that liberalization has the deceleration in agricultural growth in created several favourable impacts on the the post – reform period are: (i) agricultural sector of the country. The significant deceleration in the public and emerging trends in agriculture which are overall investment in agriculture (ii) very much prominent in the post- shrinking farm size (iii) failure to evolve liberalization period include the rising new technologies (iv) inadequate productivity, growing investment, irrigation cover (v) inadequate use of diversification of the sector, application technology (vi) unbalanced use of inputs of modern techniques, development of (vii) decline in plan outlay and (viii) horticulture and floriculture, growing weaknesses in credit delivery system. volume of exports and development of food processing industry. India with its Table-2: Growth Rates of GDP and rising population is in an advantageous Primary Sector position to develop its agricultural and Period Agriculture GDP allied sectors which are mostly labour Growth Growth intensive. Liberalisation has provided Rates Rate ample scope for the modernization and 1980- 3.5 5.2 development of the agriculture sector 1981to and also to reap the maximum benefit 1990-91 from the increasing scope of agricultural 1990-1991 3.3 5.9 exports arising out of the path of to 2000-01 globalization adopted by the economy. 2000-2001 3.2 7.6 However, as a whole it can be said that to 2010-11 the initial years of reforms were to some Source: Jhon Drez and Amarta extent favourable for agricultural Sen (2013): An Uncertain Glory: India growth, but latter period it is very much and its Contradictions, New Delhi, disheartening to note that a sharp p.23. decline in the growth rate of the almost all the sub-sectors witnessed. Another Conclusion: disquieting feature of the recent growth process is that the agricultural and non- By and large, from the analysis, it agricultural sectors are on a disparate can be surmised that under the new growth path. www.ijar.org.in94 94 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] References: Perspectives and Policy Issues, Academic Foundation, New Delhi. 1. Chand, Ramesh (2005): Exploring Possibilities of Achieving Four 8. Mathur, Archana S, Surajit Das, per cent Growth Rate in Indian Subhalaskhmi Sircar (2007): Status of Agriculture, National Centre for Agriculture in India – Trends and Economic and Political Agricultural Economics and Policy Prospects Weekly Research, New Delhi. , Vol. XLI, No. 52, pp.5327-5336. 2. According to the 11th Plan 9. Vijay Joshi and I.M.D. Little Approach Paper – Agricultural Growth (1993): Macro-Economic Stabilisation in Economic rate has fallen from 3.2 per cent during India, 1991-1993 and Beyond, 1980 and 1996-97 to a trend average of and Political Weekly, December 4, 1.5 per cent subsequently. p.2659. 3. Chand, Ramesh: S. S. Raju, 10. Deepak Nayyar (1993): Indian L.M.Pandey (2007): Growth Crisis in Economy at the Cross roads Illusions and Agriculture: Severity and Options at Realities, Economic and Political Weekly, National and State Levels, Economic and April 10, p.639. Political Weekly, Vol. XLII, No. 26, pp.2528-2533. 11. Jagdish N.Bhagwati and Padma Desai (1970): India- Planning for 4. However Subsidy on nitrogenous Industrialization, fertilizers was subsequently restored and London, p.499. other fertilizers remained decontrolled. This changed prices in favour of 12. Isher Judge Ahluwalia (1985): nitrogenous fertilizers, which Industrial growth in India- Stagnation accentuated in balances in use of Since the Mid- Sixties, New Delhi, p.163. different type of fertilizers. 13. Chandrasekhar and 5. Chand, Ramesh (2005): Wither Parthapratim Pal (2006): Financial India’s Food Policy: From Food Security Liberalization in India – An Assessment Economic to Food Deprivation, Economic and of Its Nature and Outcome, Political Weekly, Vol.40(12), pp.1055- and Political Weekly, March 18, p.975. 1061. 14. EPW Research Foundation 6. Chand, Ramesh, S.S. Raju, L.M. (1994): What Has Gone Wrong with the Pandey (2007): Growth Crisis in Economic Reforms? Economic and Agriculture: Severity and Options at Political Weekly, April 30, p.1049. National and State Levels, Economic and Political Weekly, Vol. 42(26), pp.2528- 15. Jhon Drez and Amarta Sen 2533. (2013): An Uncertain Glory: India and its contradictions, 7. Rao, CH.H and Ashok Gulati New Delhi, p.23. (2005): Indian Agriculture: Emerging www.ijar.org.in95 95 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] An Economic Analysis of Growth and Stability of Tourism Industry in India Rajkumar V , Research Scholar, Department of Economics, Bharathiar University, Tamil Nadu Boopathi S, Professor, Department of Economics, Bharathiar University, Tamil Nadu Abstract: In the dynamic global scenario, tourism happens to be one of the most relevant social, cultural and economic phenomenon in many of the countries, especially that off the industrially developing countries, because it enhances the economy via foreign exchange, generation of employment opportunities, poverty alleviation as well as developing business ties. In India, measuring growth of tourism and its economic stability to the national economy is very difficult. Therefore, it is essential to study the growth and stability of foreign tourist arrivals and its economic impact on foreign exchange earnings on Indian tourism industry. In this backdrop, the present paper explores the growth of foreign tourist arrivals and foreign exchange earnings into India through the Indian tourism industry. It also examines the level of stability of the India Tourism Industry in terms of foreign tourist arrivals. Keywords: Tourism Industry, Foreign Tourist Arrivals, Foreign Exchange Earnings, Stability. Introduction living of the people, foreign exchange and then by facilitating an overall Tourism comprises “activities of development of the country. Especially, persons traveling to and staying in places income and employment opportunity outside their usual environment for not plays a pivotal role in the country’s more than one consecutive year for economic development (Uma Devi and leisure, business and other purposes” Ananda 2014). (World Tourism Organization 2002). In the rapidly changing economic era of One of the chief reasons that globalization and industrialization, government supports and promotes tourism sector has emerged as one of the tourism throughout the world is that it world’s largest industries. The concern has a positive impact upon economic on Tourism and development has growth and development (Ivanov and assumed phenomenal significance at Webster, 2006). In India, tourism has global, national and local levels. Globally, become one of the major sectors of the tourism possesses a very pertinent place economy, contributing to a large in the economies of both developed and proportion of the national income and developing countries. Tourism has generating huge employment become the world largest exporting opportunities. And also Tourism sector industry (Chauhan, 2010). In fact, for linkages with other sectors of the many countries, tourism is the largest economy like transport, construction, commodity in international trade. Now it handicrafts, manufacturing, horticulture, acts as second largest foreign exchange etc, tourism has the potential to not only earner after oil and petroleum. Besides, be the economy driver, but also become it also contributes considerable amount an effective tool for poverty alleviation on employment, improving standard of and ensuring growth with equity. It has www.ijar.org.in96 96 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] become the fastest growing service earnings from the tourism industry of industry in the country with great India. potentials for its further expansion and 3. To ascertain the level of stability diversification. Furthermore, those of the India Tourism Industry in terms directly or indirectly employed following of foreign tourist arrivals, Foreign the development of tourism may also exchange earnings, domestic tourist demand more goods and services, and as visits within India. a result it will not only induce more employment opportunities, but also Hypotheses: generate a further multiplier effect Based on the aforementioned through a successive chain of objectives of the paper the following transactions that occur. hypotheses were framed: The United Nations World I. Tourism Industry is grown Tourism Organization (UNWTO) has, in significantly in India during the study its projection for 2020, estimated 1.6 period. billion arrivals generating $ 2000 billion II. There is stability in the Indian in tourism receipts. In India, it is the Tourism Industry during the study largest service industry, making a period. contribution of 6.23% to the national GDP and providing 8.78% of the total Material and Methods: The entire employment in the country. Tourism has empirical analysis is based on secondary a major economic and social implication sources of data , the data is collected in both developed and developing from various government secondary countries. The economic significance of sources such as the Government of India, travel and tourism has attracted the the World Tourism Organization, the attention of many countries in actively Ministry of Tourism and other relevant promoting tourism, as a way to stimulate websites. The important literatures on their economies. In India, measuring tourism and data were also collected growth of tourism and its economic from various published sources like stability to the national economy is very books, journal, magazine, reports and difficult. Therefore, it is essential to publications. In order to study the study the growth and stability of foreign specified objectives, statistical tools like tourist arrivals and its economic impacts Annual Average Growth Rate, on foreign exchange earnings though Compounded Annual Growth Rate Indian tourism industry. In this paper an (CAGR), Coefficient of Variation and attempt is made to describe the growth Percentages were used. Compound and stability of Indian tourism industry. Annual Growth Rate and Coefficient of Variation have been calculated to analyze Objectives of the Paper - the data. The coefficient of variation was Following calculated to understand the variability are the objectives of the paper: in the foreign tourist arrivals and foreign 1. To understand the present status exchange earnings. The formula used for and scenario of Indian tourism industry. CAGR and CV are as follows. 2. To study the growth of foreign CAGR = ((End Value/Start Value) ^ (1/ tourist arrivals and foreign exchange (Periods - 1)) -1 www.ijar.org.in97 97 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] CV = (Standard Deviation / Mean) * captivating wildlife, desert, safari, 100 ancient and majestic monuments, forts and palaces, diverse culture, colorful Analysis and Discussion: India is a fairs, folk arts, unique hospitality etc. country with rich culture and heritage and infrastructural development can and a large number of visitors visiting attract tourists from all over the world. India each year. There is no other Table 1 presents the number of Foreign country in the world which offers wide Tourists Arrivals (FTAs) in India during choice in tourism like India i.e. such as the period of 16 years i.e. 2000 through historical tourism, adventure tourism, 2015 along with growth rates. medical tourism, spiritual tourism, beach Table 1: Foreign Tourist Arrivals (FTAs) tourism etc. (Gupta and Gupta, 2008). and Foreign exchange earnings from India is a country with an attractive tourism in India tourist places like rich tropical forests, % Change % Change Annual FEE FEE FTAs in over over Year Growth (Rs. ( US$ India previous previous (%) Crores) Millions) year year 2000 2.65 - 15626 - 3460 - 2001 2.54 -4.15 15083 -3.47 3198 -7.57 2002 2.38 -6.30 15064 -0.13 3103 -2.97 2003 2.73 14.71 20729 37.61 4463 43.83 2004 3.46 26.74 27944 34.81 6170 38.25 2005 3.92 13.29 33123 18.53 7493 21.44 2006 4.45 13.52 39025 17.82 8634 15.23 2007 5.08 14.16 44360 13.67 10729 24.26 2008 5.28 3.94 51294 15.63 11832 10.28 2009 5.17 -2.08 53700 4.69 11136 -5.88 2010 5.78 11.80 64889 20.84 14193 27.45 2011 6.31 9.17 77591 19.57 16564 16.71 2012 6.58 4.28 94487 21.78 17737 7.08 2013 6.97 5.93 107671 13.95 18445 3.99 2014 7.68 10.19 123320 14.53 20236 9.71 2015 8.03 4.5 135193 9.6 21071 4.1 Average 4.938 57443.688 11154.000 S.D 1.872 39540.803 6288.326 CV (%) 37.91% 68.83% 56.38% CAGR (%) 8.89% 16.95% 14.82% Source: Ministry of Tourism, Government of India (2015) www.ijar.org.in98 98 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] The foreign tourist arrivals in similar growth was registered in 2006 India have increased from 2.65 million in when over 4.45 million foreigners visited 2000 to 8.03 million in 2015 showing the country. During 2009 foreign tourists some fluctuations and it has registered a were 5.11 million as compared to 5.28 in positive significant compound annual 2008, registering a fall of 2.08 percent. growth rate of 8.89%. The growth in From the table it can be concluded that international tourist arrivals to India there is an increase in growth rate of achieved a 14.3 per cent growth with both foreign tourist arrivals and their arrival of 5.08 million tourists in 2007. A contribution to foreign exchange. Table 2: International tourist arrivals in world and India during 2000-2015 International Tourist % of India India % of India Arrivals (in millions) FTAs in India Rank in Years Rank in in Asia & Asia& the India (in in Asia & World the World Pacific pacific millions) World Pacific 2000 683.3 109.3 2.65 0.39 50th 2.42 11th 2001 683.4 114.5 2.54 0.37 51th 2.22 12th 2002 703.2 123.4 2.38 0.34 54th 1.93 12th 2003 691.0 111.9 2.73 0.39 51th 2.44 11th 2004 762.0 143.4 3.46 0.45 44th 2.41 11th 2005 798.0 154.6 3.92 0.49 43th 2.53 11th 2006 846.0 166.0 4.45 0.53 44th 2.68 11th 2007 894.0 182.0 5.08 0.57 41th 2.79 11th 2008 917.0 184.1 5.28 0.58 42th 2.87 11th 2009 885.0 181.1 5.17 0.58 42th 2.85 11th 2010 949.0 205.1 5.78 0.61 41th 2.83 11th 2011 995.0 218.2 6.31 0.63 39th 2.90 9th 2012 1035.0 233.6 6.58 0.64 41th 2.82 11th 2013 1087.0 248.1 6.97 0.64 42nd 2.81 11th 2014 1135.0 263.4 7.68 0.68 41st 2.92 12th 2015 1184.0 278.6 8.03 0.68 40th 2.88 11th Average 890.494 182.331 4.938 S.D 164.976 55.090 1.872 CV 18.53% 30.21% 37.91% CAGR 3.99% 6.66% 8.89% Source: Ministry of Tourism, Government of India (2015) Table 2 shows that India’s Share Interestingly, the number of in World Tourist Arrivals and Asia & international tourist arrivals in Asia and Pacific Region during 2000-2015. the Pacific Region also increased from www.ijar.org.in99 99 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] 109.3 million in 2000 to 1184.0 million in 2015, this is not even one percent. But 2015 with a positive and significant the rank of India in world has improved compound growth rate of 6.66 %. from the 50th to 40th due to substantial Though, India’s share in the world flow of foreign tourist in India. It is very tourist arrivals was very meager clear from the table that the share of compared to the Asia Pacific region, its India in the world market and in the share in the world tourist arrivals has Asia Pacific Region market during 2000- increased from 0.39% in 2000 to 0.68% in 2015 is growing. Table 3: India’s Share in International Tourism Receipts in the World and in Asia & Pacific Region International India % share % tourist FEE in India rank in Asia& of Share receipts India Rank the Year the Indians of Asia (in US $ (in US $ in the Asia Pacific in and billions) in millions) World and World Pacific the world Pacific 2000 475.3 85.3 3460 0.73 36th 4.06 10th 2001 463.8 88.1 3198 0.69 36th 3.63 12th 2002 481.9 96.5 3103 0.64 37th 3.22 13th 2003 529.3 93.7 4463 0.84 37th 4.76 9th 2004 633.2 124.1 6170 0.97 26th 4.97 8th 2005 679.6 135.0 7493 1.10 22th 5.55 7th 2006 744.0 156.9 8634 1.16 22th 5.50 7th 2007 857.0 187.0 10729 1.25 22th 5.74 6th 2008 939.0 208.6 11832 1.26 22th 5.67 6th 2009 853.0 204.2 11136 1.31 20th 5.45 7th 2010 931.0 255.3 14193 1.52 18th 5.56 7th 2011 1042.0 289.4 16564 1.59 18th 5.72 8th 2012 1117.0 329.4 17737 1.59 16th 5.38 7th 2013 1198.0 360.2 18445 1.54 16th 5.12 8th 2014 1295.0 420.1 20236 1.56 15th 4.82 7th 2015 1232.0 418.9 21071 1.71 14th 5.03 7th Average 841.944 215.794 11154.000 S.D 283.064 117.082 6288.326 CV 33.62% 54.26% 56.38% CAGR 7.65% 12.46% 14.82% Source: Ministry of Tourism, Government of India (2015) It is very obvious from table 3 region) from the year 2000 to 2015 has that the share of India in international been strengthened. It is clear that the tourism receipts (in world and the pacific amount of foreign exchange earnings www.ijar.org.in100 100 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] from the tourism industry in India has that there is a further scope for the jumped from US$ 3.46 million in 2000 to development of tourism industry in US$ 21.07 million in 2015 and this has India. In addition to this, India’s rank in registered a positive and significant positively moved from 36th in 2000 to 14th annual growth rate 14.82% over the rank in 2014 in this world and from 10th years 2000-2015. As per India’s share in rank in 2000 to 7th in 2015 in Asia and the world in terms of tourism receipts, it the pacific region. India is attracting holds only 0.73 % in 2000, this drastically tourist from all over the world. The large increased to 1.71 % in 2015. Its share in number of tourists is visiting India from the Asia Pacific region was 4.06 % in the various countries as are shown with help year 2000 and this increased to 5.03% in of following table 4. share and by 2015. This trend reveals Table 4: Top 10 countries for foreign tourist arrivals in India, during 2015 Source Country FTAs % Share USA 1213624 15.12 Bangladesh 1133879 14.13 United Kingdom 867601 10.81 Sri Lanka 299513 3.73 Canada 281306 3.50 Malaysia 272941 3.40 Australia 263101 3.28 Germany 248314 3.09 France 230854 2.88 Japan 207415 2.58 Total of top 10 5018548 62.52 Countries Others 3008585 37.48 All Countries 8027133 100.00 Source: Ministry of Tourism, Government of India (2015) During the couple of decades the United Kingdom with 0.867 Million modernization and revolution of comprising of 10.81% and Sri Lanka information technology in India have 0.299 Million comprising of 3.73% in the enhanced the flow of tourists even from foreign total tourist arrivals in India in the so-called developed countries. The 2015. table 4 shows that the share of top 10 countries in terms of foreign tourists’ Table 5 clearly portrays the arrivals to India in 2015. The majority of number of Indian nationals going abroad the tourist arrivals are from the USA and the number of domestic tourist visits with 1.213 Million which comprises to all states and union territories in India 15.12% followed by Bangladesh with during the study period (2000-2015) and 1.133 Million comprising of 14.13%, also illustrates the percentage change over the previous year. www.ijar.org.in101 101 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] Table 5: Indian Nationals Going Abroad and Number of Domestic Tourists Visits to All States and Union Territories in India % change Number of Indians Going % change over over the Domestic Tourist Year Abroad the previous previous visits (in Millions) year year (in Millions) 2000 4.42 7.3 220.11 15.4 2001 4.56 3.4 236.47 7.4 2002 4.94 8.2 269.60 14.0 2003 5.35 8.3 309.04 14.6 2004 6.21 16.1 366.27 18.5 2005 7.18 15.6 392.01 7.0 2006 8.34 16.1 462.32 17.9 2007 9.78 17.3 526.56 13.9 2008 10.87 11.1 563.03 6.9 2009 11.07 1.8 668.80 18.8 2010 12.99 17.7 747.70 11.8 2011 13.99 7.7 864.53 15.6 2012 14.92 6.7 1045.05 20.9 2013 16.63 11.4 1142.53 9.3 2014 18.33 10.3 1282.80 12.3 2015 20.38 11.1 1431.97 11.6 Average 10.623 658.049 S.D 5.157 390.496 CV 48.55% 59.34% CAGR 11.43% 13.76% Source: Ministry of Tourism, Government of India (2015) It is clear that domestic tourism in the country has recorded a massive compound annual growth rate of 11.43% compared to Indians going aboard as registering a compound annual growth rate of 13.76% during the study period from the year 2000 to the year 2015. In relative terms, the percentage increase in number of Indian nationals going abroad had shown an increasing trend during 2002 to 2004 and 2006 to 2008 then this was drastically reduced in the year 2009 and increased again to 11.4% in the year 2013. This information clearly indicate that the domestic tourism sector has also shown fluctuating trends over the years, hence steps should be taken to maintain stability domestically so as to enhance tourist arrivals in India when compared to the rest of the region and indeed the world. Findings and Conclusion: From the analysis, it is clearly inferred that the India Tourism Industry has grown significantly during the study period of 2000 to 2015 and www.ijar.org.in102 102 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] the growth of the tourism Industry is spectacular as it has registered a Compound Annual Growth rate of 8.89% in Foreign Tourist Arrivals into India, 16.95% and 14.82% of CAGR in Foreign exchange Earnings in terms of US dollars and in Indian Rupees respectively, with the increased percent share from 0.39 and 2.42 to 0.68 and 2.88 in world tourist arrivals and in the Asia Pacific arrivals respectively. Some major programmes and projects like “Incredible India” campaign are an initiative to boost the Indian Tourism Industry. The Planning Commission has allotted funds for the development of tourism infrastructure, Commonwealth, World cup cricket, T20 etc. Finally, these results indicate that Indian tourism industry has grown significantly during the study period. The present study investigated the economic analysis of growth and stability of tourism industry in India. After analyzing all the information collected from various sources, it may be concluded that the Indian Tourism Industry is growing significantly and there is instability during the study period of 2000-2015. The events like Commonwealth Games and Cricket World Cup and other international events have contributed a lot to promote tourism in India. In future, more such events should be organized by the government in order to attract more tourists. At the same time, government should also take initiative to ensure the security of both foreign and domestic tourists. As tourism is a multidimensional activity, and basically a service industry, it would be necessary that all wings of the Central and State governments, private sector and voluntary organizations become active partners in the endeavour to attain sustainable growth in tourism if India is to become a world player in the tourism industry. References: Chauhan G.S. (2010). Analyzing tourism potential of Tamil Nadu state of India: a people – Tourist’s perception approach, Journal of Environmental Research and Development, 5(2), 461-482. Gupta, D. and Gupta, D.D. (2007). Adoption and Use of ICT in Indian Tourism: Interventions for the top tourist destination of India. Paper presented in Conference on tourism in India, IIMK, 15-17May., Retrieved from http://dspace.iimk.ac.in/ bitstream/2259/538/1/65-74.pdf. Ivanov, S. and Webster, C. (2006). Measuring the impacts of Tourism on Economic Growth. Tourism Economics, 13(3), 379-388. Padmasree K and Bharathi Devi. Anchula (2011).The performance of the Indian Tourism Industry in the era of globalization –a conventional study, African Journal of Hospitality, Tourism and Leisure, 1(4), 1-4. Uma Devi and Ananda (2014). Trends of Development of Tourism in Andhra Pradesh, International journal of scientific research, 3(1), 89-90. World Tourism Organization (2012). News from the World Tourism Organization. Retrieved from http://www.world-tourism. www.ijar.org.in103 103 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] Stock Market (BSE) After Reforms: Liquidity, Return and Volatility B.Ramesh, Research Scholar, School of Management Studies, University of Hyderabad MA.Gaffar, Lecturer(commerce),V.S.R.Govt. Degree & PG College, Movva, krishna Dist., Andhra Pradesh. Abstract This paper explains the about the capital market (BSE) after reforms in terms of liquidity, return and volatility. After 1991 in Indian economy lot of changes happened due to liberalisation privatisation and globalisation of the economy, same happen in the case of the capital market also. There have been a number of major changes in the economic and financial policies in India since 1991 for the analysis of the study data has taken from1991 to 2010 based on this calculated the trend. Introduction: modern stock exchange and BSE is the A strong and vibrant stock market is oldest stock exchange in India this study essential for financial reform and we considered BSE stock exchange growth. Efficient stock markets liquidity, return and volatility trends. encourage individuals to invest in shares and give correct signals to the Review of literature: management of the company to Gurunathan (2007) explained that maximise shareholder wealth. The development of the stock market is allocative efficiency of financial systems expressing the economic Development of based on securities markets also depends the country. In this paper, an effort has upon the extent to which security prices been made to study the investors' in the secondary market reflect the risk necessities in the Indian Stock Market. and return of alternative securities. It is, Chattopadhyay & Behera (2008) in their therefore, important to check if markets study explain the forepart of this century are efficient and to examine the factors has been the financial Liberalisation of that contribute to it. There have been a equity markets across the world. It is number of major changes in the generally believed that due to economic and financial policies in India liberalisation Policy and the consequent since 1991. Liberalisation, globalisation development of Indian stock markets, and market reforms have had an impact the latter might have integrated with the on the functioning of the market. developed markets. They concluded that Reports from other markets have shown Indian stock market is not influenced by that reforms and liberalisation have led other Markets. to increased efficiency. Majnoni and Bekaert G. et al (2003) pointed that Massa (2001) reported that stock effect it of liquidity on estimated return exchange reforms in Italy resulted in in the emerging market by means of a increased stock market efficiency. simple asset pricing model with liquidity. According to Richards (1996), financial Consistent with liquidity being a priced liberalisation should lead to the factor, unpredicted liquidity shocks are reduction in stock market volatility optimistically correlated with return provided appropriate economic policies shocks and pessimistically correlated are in place. In India we have two stock with shocks to the dividend yield. Equity exchanges NSE and BSE, NSE is the market liberalisation significantly www.ijar.org.in104 104 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] improves the level of liquidity but has no on the B.S.E.they furthermore establish significant effect on the relationship that the trading frequency is between liquidity and future returns. optimistically associated to number of Eleswarapu, V. et al (1998) have shareholders and shares stupendous. In explained that the problem of illiquidity adding together, the possession structure with the purpose of afflicts the stocks seems to matter, by means of listed on BSE. They considered on 250 attentiveness in the hands of insiders in firms over the five year period 1989 to addition to government bodies having a 1993 and bring into being confirmations venomous effect on liquidity. in favour of liquidity premium for stocks Objectives of the study: Volatility: for the measurement of To study the trends in the stock volatility standard deviation has market (BSE) in terms of liquidity, calculated. return and volatility. Data analysis and interpretation: Research methodology: Sensex: Index is the main key point for The study used only the secondary data: the measurement of liquidity, volatility Secondary data has collected from and return. Index movement is very low journals and websites. The data has then there is the chance for the low taken from 1992 to 2012 liquidity of the security and if index Tools of analysis: Return: Rt = Log (It movement if high then there is more / It-1)*100 chance for the liquidity of the security. Where Rt indicates return, it is the value of the index on day t and It-1 is the value of the index on day t-1. The above table showing that from 1991 to 2001 there were the slight increase in the sense after that i.e., from 2002 onwards gradually increase the sense, so here the evidence is that more liquidity of the security after 2002 the reason senses gradually increased. www.ijar.org.in105 105 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] Number of trades: Based on the number of trades then we can say liquidity of the security. This may be the first step in checking of liquidity. While measuring the liquidity of the senses liquidity is also one of the indicators of liquidity for that analysis of the study this one is considered for the study. If trades were more then there are chances for more liquidity of security. Below charts explain the number of trades from 1991 to 2012. Here in 1991 the number of trades very of shares traded considered in the below low then slowly have increased from the table: 2000 year onwards continuously As per the above table in 1991 the increased and in 2009 it was touched number of shares trades were very low peak level then it was decreased the from that year onwards the number of number of listed companies the final shares traded in Sensex were increasing conclusion is that the number of trades but from the 2001 year onwards it has has increased after the introduction of increased a lot but 2008 slow down and depository system in India, so there is 2009 year it was increased highest level more liquidity in sense. then it was decreased. Here after 2001 Number of shares traded shares trading were continuously At the time of talking about liquidity increasing then there is more chance for number of shares traded is also one of the liquidity. A number of listed companies: the measurements for the liquidity, this The is one of the steps in checking of following table provides the year-wise liquidity. If the stock is not trading then break-up of the number of companies there is no question of liquidity. If the listed in the sensex for trading. All the stock is trading more number there is listed companies were trading, the the chance for more liquidity. A number www.ijar.org.in106 106 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] trading point of view all companies are liquid. Year 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 Number 2263 2861 3585 4702 5603 5832 5853 5849 5815 5869 5782 of listed companies Year 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 Number 5650 5528 4731 4781 4821 4887 4929 4975 5067 5133 5111 of listed companies As per the table listed companies were percentage of turnover in the market gradually increasing all most all the capitalisation of the stock market. years from 1991 to 2012.but 2002 Market capitalisation is also one of the onwards consistently increasing the indicators for the finding of liquidity in number of listed companies in the the stock market.generall market sensex. capitalisation was more then there is a Market capitalisation: turnover ratio possibility for the more liquidity the is considered as one of the measures of following table explains the trend of liquidity. This is may be calculated as the market capitalisation from1991 to 2012. Year 199 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 1 Market 323 1881 3680 4354 5264 4639 5603 5453 9128 5711 6122 capitalis 363 46 71 81 76 15 25 61 42 553 24 ation Year 200 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2 Market 572 1201 1698 3022 3545 5138 3086 6165 6839 6214 5348 capitaliz 198 207 428 191 041 014 075 619 084 941 645 ation Return: return is one of the important ones from the investment point of view return calculated daily wise return of the sensex average price. Year 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 Return 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 -0.2 0.0 0.0 -0.10 0.2 -0.1 -0.1 Year 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 Return 0.0 0.2 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.2 -0.2 0.2 0.0 -0.2 -0.2 www.ijar.org.in107 107 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] Here returns were from 1991 to 1994 fluctuating neither continuously constant but 1995 it was decreased again increasing nor continually decreasing. in 1999 increased then 2000,2001and Volatility: 2002 decreased, again in 2003 increased Volatility is one of the important for the and decreased in 2008 then increased in measurement of risk it will measure the 2009 again in 2010,2011 and 2012 total risk of the index. Here voality is decreased. Here daily returns were calculated from 1991 to 2002 below table shows the about trend of volatility Year 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 Volatility 3.4 3.3 1.8 1.4 1.3 1.5 1.6 1.9 1.8 2.2 1.7 Year 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 Volatility 1.1 1.2 1.6 1.1 1.6 1.5 2.8 2.2 1.0 1.3 1.3 The beginning of 1991 volatility was so Annual Conference on Money and high from 1991 onwards volatility is Finance in the Indian Economy no.0611. gradually decreased then slightly Gurunathan, k. (2007). An Investors’ increased in 2000 and again gradually Requirement in Indian Securities decreased from 2000 to 2007 then it has Market. Retrieved from highly increased in 2008 then decreased http://www.dbr.shtr.org/v_8n1/v8n1c.pdf. from 2008 onwards. Majnoni and Massa, (2001), stock Conclusion: Liquidity, return and exchange reforms and market efficiency: volatility have calculated based on that the Italian experience, European the trend have considered.sensex return financial management, vol7.no.1, 93-115. specially from 2003 onwards lot of Eleswarapu, V. et al, (1998) “Liquidity, changes, number of trades and number Stock Returns and Ownership Structure: of shares are highest in 2009, the An Empirical Study of the Bombay Stock number of listed companies continuously Exchange”, http://129.3.20.41/eps/fin/ increasing from 1991 onwards, market papers/9507/9507005.pdf. capitulation highest in 2010, sensex daily Richards, (1996) “volatility and return fluctuation is more after 1991 and predictability in national stock markets: initially volatility so high then it has how do emerging and mature markets decreased. differ”? Palgrave Macmillan journal References vol.43, n0.3 461-501. Chattopadhyay, s.andBehera, S.K. www.sebi.gov.ac.in (2008),”Financial integration for Indian www.Bseindia.com stock market”, working paper, 12 the www.nseindia.com. www.ijar.org.in108 108 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] MGNREGA Performance: Inter-district Analysis of Telangana State Satyanarayana Turangi, Ph.D. Research Scholar, University of Hyderabad, Hyderabad. Abstract: In a long history of Indian employment policy, Mahatma Gandhi National Rural Employment Guarantee Act (MGNREGA) is a major flagship programme to provide employment guarantee to rural masses. So far, it has successfully completed a decade of the journey in its implementation since 2006. United Andhra Pradesh was stood as one among the best performers in MGNREGA implementation with its design, administrative structure, innovative features like regular social audit, adoption of information technology, etc. The present study focuses on MGNREGA performance in the newly born state of Telangana. The main objectives of the study are to examine the macro-level status and to explore inter-district variations in the implementation of the MGNREGA in Telangana. The MGNREGA performance in Telangana state is moderate during a decade of its implementation. In the state, MGNREGA provides employment to about 45 percent of rural households on average. Average employment under MGNREGA is 49 days which is less than half of the proposed target during 2006-16. Over a period of time, employment provision has been coming down in terms of average household employment and share of households who completed 100 days per annum. The performance of the MGNREGA is not satisfactory in economically backward districts where employment generation is poor. Introduction: percent in total agricultural holdings On June 2nd 2014, Telangana was with an average size of 1.11 hectares, emerged as 29th Indian state after a which is highly uneconomical. prolonged struggle by separating from Agriculture is not at all sustainable in erstwhile Andhra Pradesh. In Telangana, such uneconomic holdings having an 61 percent of people live in rural areas. It irregularity of rains, climate change, is the twelfth largest state in terms of depletion of ground water, escalation of both geographical area and population in input costs and declining profitability. the country. According to 2011 Census, The situation led the farmers to take an around 61.33 percent of the population extreme step of committing suicides as live in rural areas mostly depending on they were driven into a debt trap. agriculture. Although two perennial According to National Crime Records rivers of Godavari and Krishna are Bureau (NCRB) of India, around 898 passing through the state, agriculture is farmers committed suicides in the same carried out through bore-wells (ground year of formation of the state. After water) in the state rather than surface Maharashtra, the highest number of irrigation [Subrahmanyam, S. (2002)]. farmers’ suicides happened in The share of agriculture is declining in Telangana. The situation clearly lauds Gross State Domestic Product over a about the farm conditions and agrarian period of time. It has declined from 17.9 crisis in the region [Galab, S. et al. to 12.8 between 2004-05 and 2014-15 (2009)]. In this scenario, rural [SEO-Telangana (2015)]. The most employment and livelihood of the important feature is both small and landless, small and marginal farmers marginal holdings constitute around 85.9 become questionable. Therefore, www.ijar.org.in109 109 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] Mahatma Gandhi National Rural employment to rural households during a Employment Guarantee Act is very decade of its journey. Telangana too is important to provide employment to the not an exemption for that. Nonetheless, rural poor in the region. The present the MGNREGA performance is study is intended to understand the moderately better in the newly formed performance of MGNREGA since its state of Telangana. implementation in the region. We 1.1 Coverage & Participation: focused mainly macro level performance In Telangana, MGNREGA is successfully and inter-district analysis of the implemented in all the districts except MGNREGA. Hyderabad since 2006. They are, namely, The MGNREGA employment trend has Adilabad, Karimnagar, Khammam, been similar in several states too. The Mahabubnagar, Medak, Nalgonda, same trend is continued in Andhra Nizamabad, Rangareddy and Warangal. Pradesh (undivided) too. The households At present, MGNREGA covers coverage, average employment per approximately 8827 Gram Panchayats of household, person-days generated, the 442 Mandals in the nine districts. On an proportion of households completed 100 average, MGNREGA provides 45 percent days are highest in 2009-10 in the state of total rural households in the state. of undivided Andhra Pradesh. There are Women participation is about 59 percent wide inter-district variations in which indicates their proportion in the employment generation under rural labour market. It varies from 54 MGNREGA [Indrakant, S. (2015)]. At percent to 61 percent over a period of this juncture, the present study focuses time. Under MGNREGA, BC workers on MGNREGA employment generation participation is higher than rest of the in the newly born state of Telangana. social groups as like their population. The main objectives of the study are to Among total workforce who involve in examine macro-level trends of the MGNREGA, BCs are 52 percent, SCs employment generation and explore are 24 percent, STs are 18 percent, inter-district differences in MGNREGA others are 5 percent and Muslim performance in Telangana state. This minorities are only 1 percent study is based on the secondary data (Figure:1). which is taken from national and state level official websites of MGNREGA. This paper is organised into two sections. I discuss state level picture of MGNREGA in Telangana in the first section and inter-district analysis in the second section. 1. MGNREGA Employment Trend in Telangana: So far, MGNREGA is completely successful nowhere in the country in providing at least 100 days of 1.2 Employment Trend and Work completion rate: If we compare with the national average, MGNREGA employment generation is relatively better in Telangana www.ijar.org.in110 110 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] state as portrayed in Figure: 2. Average employment given per household is 49 days per annum which is less than half of the proposed target of the Act. Table: 1 MGNREGA Performance in Telangana (2006-16) Average Work Households Households Women Employment Completion Year Completed Coverage Participation Per Rate 100 days Household 2006-07 26 54 31 1.8 33.6 2007-08 43 60 45 9.5 37.3 2008-09 48 61 52 8.5 29.9 2009-10 53 61 67 21.7 51.6 2010-11 52 59 56 14.8 69.4 2011-12 39 60 52 13.6 0.3 2012-13 48 60 52 13.3 3.2 2013-14 48 60 46 8.1 4.7 2014-15 45 61 41 5.3 1.2 2015-16 45 60 48 9.8 0.5 Average 45 59 49 11.2 23.2 Source: www.nrega.nic.in The employment generation under Under MGNREGA, maximum MGNREGA increased continuously for employment provided during the period of first four years during 2006-07 to 2009-10 2009-10, in terms of, households coverage, and declined steadily thereafter as shown average employment given per household in the Table: 1. In a decade of MGNREGA and the percentage of households implementation, the year of 2009-10 completed 100 days. However, the seems to be a saturation point in MGNREGA is still far away from its MGNREGA employment generation as it objectives of employment guarantee as could not exceed that limit during later like as national level. years of implementation in the state. Here, work completion rate is defined as to the total number of works undertaken the ratio of a number of works completed under MGNREGA. During the period of www.ijar.org.in111 111 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] 2006-07 to 2015-16, work completion As shown in Table: 2, total expenditure rate is just 23.2 percent only. What it of the MGNREGA has been come down exactly means that about 77 percent of over a period of time after reaching the the works were left incomplete which maximum in 2010-11. adversely affects quality and usefulness 2. MGNREGA: Inter-district of the assets. After 2010-11, the work Analysis completion rate drastically declined and The MGNREGA implementation is very worsened further. The reasons could be crucial in backward regions which are changes in priority of works, inadequate dry and or less irrigated; and where material expenditure, improper planning employment opportunities in the non- and monitoring, and lack of coordination farm sector are limited. Obviously, among the administrative bodies and workers depend more on MGNREGA for other departments. employment in those districts compared 1.3 Expenditure: to others. But, we observe wide In general, Centre sponsors lion share of variations across the districts in the the total expenditure for the MGNREGA performance of MGNREGA in terms of implementation. The share of states is households coverage, average limited to administrative expenditure employment and 100 days completed and some part of material expenditure as households (see Table: 3). The mentioned in the Act (NREGA - 2005). MGNREGA performance in poor The proposed ratio of wage-material districts seems to be not much expenditure is 60:40. But, in practice, encouraging where it should not be. wage expenditure always dominates the Under MGNREGA, households’ coverage material component in MGNREGA is highest in Nalgonda (54 percent), implementation. Perhaps, the state Adilabad (53 percent) and Warangal (50 government may try to manage with the percent) where it is more than the state material expenditure that is received average of 45 percent. The households’ from the Centre without or less coverage seems to be less Rangareddy, contributing from their pockets. It could Mahabubnagar and Medak districts be one of the reasons for poor assets which are located quite adjacent to creation. As long as the state government Greater Hyderabad Municipal is not serious about assets creation, it Corporation (GHMC); and in can happily handle MGREGA Karimnagar district which is known for implementation with Centre’s funds canal irrigation than other districts. Of without thinking of financial burden and course, urban proximity can influence assets creation as well. the demand for MGNREGA works, but The maximum proportion goes on wage employment provision should not be less expenditure as the MGNREGA wages are for participating households in backward regularly revising to adjust inflation. regions. Therefore, wage expenditure is Table: 4 clearly illustrates that maximum even though there is a decline MGNREGA increased from 2006-07 to in employment generation. On the whole, its maximum during 2009-11 and started among the total expenditure, wages are declining thereafter in all the districts of 50 percent, the material is 51 percent Telangana. and 9 percent of administrative expenses during the period of 2006-07 to 2015-16. www.ijar.org.in112 112 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] Table: 2 MGNREGA Expenditure Details in TELANGANA (in Lakhs) Admini Total Year Wage Material strative Expenditure 33848 691 5403 39943 2006-07 (85) (2) (13) (100) 81284 18065 6504 105853 2007-08 (77) (17) (6) (100) 103137 24956 7468 135561 2008-09 (76) (18) (6) (100) 169791 27707 8912 206410 2009-10 (82)) (13) (5) (100) 151508 72749 18942 243200 2010-11 (62) (30) (8) (100) 105074 32502 16680 154256 2011-12 (68) (21) (11) (100) 127431 34742 17928 180101 2012-13 (71) (19) (10) (100) 135951 66530 18931 221412 2013-14 (61) (30) (9) (100) 112009 49737 18397 180143 2014-15 (62) (28) (10) (100) 145609 21755 21360 188723 2015-16 (77) (12) (11) (100) 1165643 349435 140525 1655602 Total (70) (21) (9) (100) Note: Parentheses indicate horizontal percentages Source: www.nrega.nic.in Table: 3 MGNREGA: Inter-District Analysis (2006-16) Average Households HHs 100 days Work Completion District Employment (%) Completed (%) Rate (%) (Days) Adilabad 53 56 15 26 Karimnagar 38 38 8 24 Khammam 45 48 11 24 Mahbubnagar 41 48 12 23 Medak 42 51 13 20 Nalgonda 54 42 8 25 Nizamabad 45 55 16 22 Rangareddy 32 65 20 23 Warangal 50 40 7 21 TELANGANA 45 49 11 23 Source: www.nrega.nic.in www.ijar.org.in113 113 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] The MGNREGA provides the highest the districts of Karimnagar, Warangal number of days of employment in the and Nalgonda. But, the correlation districts like Rangareddy, Adilabad, between household coverage and average Nizamabad and Medak (Table: 3). employment is negative. Although MGNREGA provides more employment Average employment given per in Rangareddy, Nizamabad, Medak, household is maximum in these districts. Mahabubnagar and Khammam, the The lowest employment was provided in households’ coverage is so poor. Table: 5 Correlation Matrix for Some MGNREGA Indicators 100 days Work Household Average Completed Completion Coverage Employment HHs Rate Households Coverage 1 Average Employment -0.37 1 100 days Completed HHs -0.47 0.99 1 Work Completed Rate 0.32 0.01 -0.02 1 Source: Author’s Calculations. The average days of employment and major differences in work completion share of 100 days completed households rate among the districts. At the district both are moving in the same direction. level, work completion varies between 20 The percentage of households who to 26 percent for the period of 2006- received 100 days under MGNREGA is 16.One should expect that correlation highest in districts where maximum between households’ coverage and employment was given in rural areas. employment generation would be This proportion is highest in Rangareddy statistically significant and positive. (20 percent) and lowest in Warangal Contradictorily, the estimated district (just 7 percent). There are no correlation matrix reveals that the www.ijar.org.in114 114 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] correlation of coverage with average Ambasta, P., Mihir Shah, & P S Vijaya employment and 100 days completed Shankar. (2008). Two Years of NREGA: households is negative as shown in The Road Ahead. Economic and Political Table: 5. On the other hand, the Weekly, 43(8). February 23: pp. 41-50. correlation between work completion CAG (2007). Draft Performance Audit of rate and employment generation is Implementation of National Rural extremely poor and ignorable. It is Employment Guarantee Act. Comptroller questionable how MGNREGA is & Auditor General, Government of India, providing employment without New Delhi. corresponding asset generation. From a Dreze, J., & Reetika Khera. (2009). The decade of experiences in Telangana, the Battle for Employment Guarantee. performance of MGNREGA is not Frontline, 26(01). January 03-16. satisfactory as it couldn’t provide not Galab, S., E. Revathi & P. Prudhvikar more than half the employment target in Reddy. (2009). Farmers’ Suicides in economically backward districts. Andhra Pradesh. In D.N. Reddy & Srijit Conclusion: Mishra, Agrarian Crisis in India (pp. Telangana is one of the moderately 164-198), New Delhi: Oxford University performing states in the implementation Press. of MGNREGA in the countryside. The Government of India (2014). Mahatma employment generation is relatively Gandhi National Rural Employment better than the national average in the Guarantee Act, 2005: Report to the state. But, the same trend continues in People. New Delhi: Ministry of Rural employment generation and asset Development. creation over a period of time. Under Government of Telangana. (2015). MGNREGA, households’ coverage, Reinventing Telangana The First Steps: employment generation and work Socio Economic Outlook - 2015. completion rate have been continuously Hyderabad: Planning Department. declined after reaching to a point. The employment generation is not Indrakant, S. (2015). Performance of accompanying with assets generation, MGNREGS in Andhra Pradesh and and most of the works were left Telangana. Hyderabad: Paramount incomplete as the amount spent on the Publishing House. material is always less than stipulated Desai, S., Prem Vashishtha, & Omkar proportion. Hence, the state should take Joshi. (2015). Mahatma Gandhi National the issue of asset generation seriously to Rural Employment Guarantee Act: A create durable and sustainable assets Catalyst for Rural Transformation. New along with employment generation under Delhi: National Council for Applied MGNREGA. In Telangana, there is wide Economic Research. variations among the districts as far as Subrahmanyam, S (2002). Regional MGNREGA performance is concerned. Disparities in Andhra Pradesh However, the MGNREGA performance is Agriculture. In Y.V. Krishna Rao & S. not satisfactory at the district level as it Subrahmanyam (Eds.), Development of provides less employment in Andhra Pradesh: 1956-2001 A Study of economically backward districts where it Regional Disparities. Hyderabad: N.R.R. should be more. Research Centre. References: www.ijar.org.in115 115 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] Employment Trends in India – A Study Dr. T. Shekhar, Department of Economics, UPGC (K.U), Khammam Abstract: Employment is the key element in the development agenda in India. There are some approaches have identified but the differences emerged during the last over 50 years. In the initial years of development planning, unemployment was not expected to emerge as a major problem. Yet care was taken to see that employment of a reasonable magnitude is generated in the employment process to productively employ the growing labour force. A reasonably high rate of economic growth combined with an emphasis on labour intensive sectors like the small scale industry was envisaged to achieve this goal. The rate and structure of growth rather than technology were seen as the instruments of employment generation. Thus while granting that in economy with relative abundance of labour, a bias in favour of comparatively labour intensive techniques is both natural and desirable. Introduction unemployment for 1972-73 reveals that It was clearly recognized that 41 percent of poverty in urban areas and considerations of size and technology 54 percent in rural areas. should not be set aside to emphasis In the fifth five year plan employment. Unemployment was employment issue was discussed as a estimated to be relatively low, as was major item at the same time a strong also the growth rate of labour force and a opinion was emerging to suggest that targeted economic growth rate of 5 growth alone cannot solve the problems percent with some emphasis on labour of poverty and unemployment and intensive consumer goods sectors was therefore a number of special expected to generate large enough employment and poverty alleviation employment over the years to prevent programmes were launched. They were any increase in unemployment. These mostly two types of assistance provided expectations continued from first five to the unemployed youth that is year plan onwards during 1950’s and providing financial assistance and 1960’s. Economy grew at the rate of assistance for productive self around 3.5 per annum and against the employment and offering supplementary planned rate of 5 percent per annum. Yet wage employment to the under employment grew at high rate of 2 employed. Over the years some of these percent per annuam. Labour fouce also programmes have been continued and increased higher at 2.5 percent against some of other programs integrated or less than 2 percent per annum assumed. discontinued. The latest in the series in So the unemployment has increased. the National Rural Employment Magnitude of unemployment had almost Guarantee Programme which aims at doubled during 1956 – 1972 from around legally guaranteeing employment at upto 5 to 10 million and unemployment rate 100 days per annum to every rural house from 2.6 to 3.8 percent. With the hold, under the act of partiament. Objectives : availability of date on levels of consumption, employment and www.ijar.org.in116 116 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] The basic objective of this paper government reports and official websites. is to examine the trends of employment Simple averages and percentages are from the 1950’s to 2000 planning period used for analyze the data. and the growth rates in different sectors are also examined. Methodology : The study is purely based on secondary data collected from Table – 1: Employment Growth Rates 1972 – 73 And 1990 – 2000 (Percentages per annum) 1972-73 1977-78 1983 to 1987-1988 1993-1994 to 1977 - to 1983 1987- to 1993- to 1999- 78 1988 1994 2000 Agriculture 2.30 1.20 .04 2.39 .06 Mining 4.68 5.85 6.16 2.09 -3.27 Manufacturing 5.10 3.75 2.10 1.45 2.05 Construction 1.59 7.45 13.59 -1.10 6.61 Gas & Water 12.23 5.07 4.64 3.39 -5.22 Transport 4.85 6.35 2.67 3.58 5.28 Trade 3.71 4.12 4.42 3.20 6.20 Services 3.67 4.69 3.92 3.76 .55 Source: NSSO Surveys(1972-2000) The above table shows that growth rate during the period 1994-2000. It must, of employment declined continuously however, be clarified that with large from the period 1987-88/1993- 94. A weight of agriculture, the overall higher growth during this period seems employment growth has been mainly to have been primarily contributed by influenced by employment growth in that agriculture which otherwise has sector. Thus, even though employment experienced a generally low and rapidly growth in construction, trade, transport declining employment growth. Among and manufacturing has improved, the other major sectors, manufacturing has aggregate employment growth has also experienced a declining trend in significantly declined during 1994-2000 employment growth; but, construction, as compared to 1988-94 due to a steep trade and transport have fluctuating fall in employment growth rate in trends and have recorded a relatively agriculture. Slow down in employment high employment growth even during growth in agriculture has been a result 1994-2000 when overall employment both of a low GDP growth and a decline growth has been the lowest. In fact in employment elasticity. that while employment growth was Table no:2 reveals that employment reasonably high at around 2 per cent content of growth as measured by with just about 3.5 per cent growth rate employment elasticity has been declining of GDP during the earlier decades, with over the entire period since 1972-73, but over 6 per cent GDP growth, has seen a particularly sharp decline employment growth has been much during 1994-2000 . Manufacturing, on lower since the 1980's, particularly the other hand, had a reasonably high www.ijar.org.in117 117 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] elasticity to begin with, but has shown a during 1994-2000. continuous decline with slight increase Table:2 Employement Elasticities in Major Sectors 1972-73 1977-78 1983 to 1987-88 1993-94 to to 1977- to 1983 1987-88 to 1993- 1999-2000 78 94 Agriculture 0.64 0.49 0.36 0.50 0.02 Mining 0.95 0.67 0.85 0.33 -0.63 Manufacturing 0.55 0.42 0.40 0.25 0.28 Construction 0.35 1.00 1.00 -1.10 1.00 Elasticity,gas, 1.0 0.74 0.48 0.63 -0.76 water supply Transport 0.76 0.92 0.45 0.64 0.56 Trade 0.78 0.75 0.70 0.58 0.68 Services 0.80 0.99 0.42 0.51 -0.06 All 0.61 0.55 0.38 0.41 0.15 Source: NSSO Surveys(1972-2000) Construction, transport and trade have the decline has been very sharp during maintained relatively high elasticities, 1993-94 and 1999-2000. It may be noted and have even shown an increase in that the non-agricultural sectors on an them during 1994- 2000 when aggregate average have shown an employment elasticity is estimated to have sharply elasticity of 0.35, as against 0.02 in declined. Elasticity in other services has agriculture and 0.15 in aggregate. continuously declined over the years but Table:3 Employment Shares of Major Sectors(%) 1972-73 1977-78 1983 1987- 1993-94 1999-2000 88 Agriculture 74.0 72.3 68.4 65.5 60.38 56.70 Industry 11.4 12.3 13.7 15.5 15.82 17.56 Services 14.6 15.4 17.5 18.4 23.80 25.74 Source: NSSO Surveys(1972-2000) Table no:3 explains that the differential slow. In a period of 27 years, from 1973 to growth of employment among different 2000, the share of agriculture has declined sectors of the economy, there have by 17 percentage points only from 74 to obviously been changes in the structure of 57 per cent. Share of industry increased employment. Among the three major from 11 to 18 per cent and that of services sectors by broad division of economic rose faster from 15 per cent in 1972-73 to activity, namely, agriculture, industry and 26 per cent in 1999-2000, growing services, there has been a decline, as particularly fast during 1987-88 to 1999- expected, in the shareof agriculture and 2000. increase in the share of industry and The slow change in employment structure services in total employment. The assumes the nature of a problem structural changes have, however, been particularly when seen along with the www.ijar.org.in118 118 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] change in the structure of the national sectors has sharply increased, particularly gross domestic product. During the period between the agricultural and non- when the share of employment in agricultural sectors. A sharper decline in agriculture declined from 74 per cent to contribution of agriculture in GDP than 57 per cent, its contribution in GDP in its share in employment implies a declined from over 40 per cent to 22 per decline in its relative productivity and cent; and, when the share of services increase in income differentials between sector in employment increased from 15 agriculture and non-agricultural sectors. to 26 per cent, its contribution to GDP An opposite trend is seen in the services, increased much faster from around 30 where the increase in GDP share has been percent to 52 percent. As a result the faster than of employment, while industry asymmetry between the income and has retained its position in respect of employment shares among different relative productivity. Table:4 Employment Status by category of Employment 1972- 1977- 1983 1987- 1993- 1999-2000 73 78 88 94 Self Employed 61.4 58.9 57.4 56.0 54.8 52.9 Regular wage/ 15.3 13.9 13.9 14.4 13.2 13.9 Salary workers Casual Wage 23.3 27.2 28.7 29.6 32.0 33.2 Workers Source: EPW research foundation India. A pocket book of data series (2012) Delhi(2012) Table no:4 examined the another aspect 'casualisation' of workforce. In so far as of employment trends and structure that the term describes an increase in the is of interest in a developmental context share of casual workers, it is factually is the distribution of workers by true. But if it is meant to imply a process employment category in terms of self- of 'regular' workers turning 'casual', or a employed, regular wage and salaried decline in employment and earnings, the workers and casual wage earners. It has trend needs to be carefully analyzed. The been generally expected that with shift of shift is seen from self-employed to casual workers from agriculture to non- workers category and most of it has agricultural activities and from footloose taken place in rural areas, from to enterprise based employment, there agriculture to non-agricultural activities, will be an increase in the proportion of such as construction, trade and services. workers employed on a regular wage and There has, no doubt, been displacement salary basis. There has been a decline, of workers from large industries in urban albeit slow, in the share of self-employed, areas, rendering the regular workers to from 61 per cent in 1972-1973 to 53 per the status of casual workers. But the cent in 1999-2000. The share of regular magnitude of such change in status of wage-salaried workers has, however, workers has not been very significant in stagnated at around 14 per cent, while relation to the total numbers involved. that of casual workers has increased The phenomenon of casualisation, from 23 to 33 per cent. therefore, needs to be seen in the overall This situation has generally been perspective of employment trends in the interpreted to mean an increasing economy. Agriculture is increasingly www.ijar.org.in119 119 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] unable to productively absorb the absolute decline; it declined by about one growing rural labour force. At the same million from around 28 million to 27 time, there has been some growth of non- million during 2000-2003, (GOI, 2004). agricultural activities in rural areas in Of around 21 million new employment construction, trade and services which opportunities generated during 1994- have generally offered better earnings 2000 only about 4 per cent has been in than agriculture. Most of these the organized sector, and the rest 96 per employment opportunities have been of cent in the unorganized sector (Planning temporary and casual nature. But they Commission, 2002). As a result, the share have provided either full-time or of the unorganized sector in total supplementary employment adding to employment has increased from around the incomes of the rural households. On 92 per cent to 93 per cent. The high and the other hand, regular jobs have hardly increasing preponderance of the increased in he urban areas; in fact, unorganized sector has been a matter of there is evidence to show that such jobs anxiety from the viewpoint of quality of have declined due to redundancy caused employment as workers in this sector by technological and competitive suffer from poor conditions of work, low compulsions in the larger industrial earnings and lack of employment and enterprises. So, part of the regular social security. workforce has been rendered casual and most new jobs have been in the casual Findings and Conclusions: category. Increasing proportion of casual 1. Growth rate of employment workers in the total employment is thus declined continuously from the period mostly a result of structural shifts taking 1987-1988 or 1993-94 a higher growth place in the rural areas. To some extent, during this period seems to have been it is distress-driven, the small and primarily contributed by agriculture marginal landholders and the landless 2. The employment content of not finding gainful work in agriculture growth as measured by employment and taking up whatever work they find elasticity has been declining over the in the non-agricultural activities, entire period since 1972-73. But has been irrespective of earnings from them. But a particularly sharp decline period 1994- there is evidence to suggest that many 2000. Manufacturing on the other hand are opting for non-farm work due to had a reasonably high elasticity to begin more regular employment and better with but has shown a continuous decline earnings. with slight increase during 1994-2000. Slow growth of employment in the Construction, transport and trade have organized sector has been a major factor maintained relatively high elastics and in the stagnancy in the proportion of have even shown an increase in them regular wage and salary earners. This during 1994-2000. When aggregate sector consisting of public services and elasticity is estimated to have sharply enterprises and large private firms, is the declined. one that offers regular jobs. Employment 3. Among the three major sectors growth in this sector has been just about by broad division of economic activity 0.5 per cent during 1994-2000. In the namely agriculture, industry and services post-2000 period, organized sector there has been a decline as expected in employment has, in fact, shown an the share of agriculture and increase in www.ijar.org.in120 120 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] the share of industry and services in And, also, the problem of the 'working total employment, the structural changes poor', namely, of those fully engaged in have however been slow. work, but earning less than the poverty 4. During the period when the line income, will persist. Thus the share of employment in agriculture challenge of quality of work, in terms of declined from 74% to 57%, its earnings and social security will contribution in GDP declined from over continue. Tightening of the labour 40% to 22% and when the share of market with increase in the demand for services sector in employment increased labour may lead to improved. Provision from 15 to 26%, its contribution to GDP of a minimum social protection to this increased much faster from around 30% large mass of workers is, therefore, likely to 52%. As a result the asymmetry to emerge as a much greater challenge between the income and employment than of expanding employment shares among different sector has opportunities. It will require special sharply increased, particularly between attention of the state and society at large the agricultural and non – agricultural in coming years, as the market-driven sectors. high growth even if accompanied by an 5. With the shift of workers from expansion in employment opportunities agriculture to non –agricultural activities may not by itself be adequate to address and from footloose to enterprise based the issue of social protection. employment there will be an increase in References the proportion of workers employed on a 1. GOI (2005a), Economic Survey, regular wage and salary basis. There has 2000-2005, Government of India, been a decline albeit show, in the share Ministry of Finance, Economic Division. of self employed from 61%, in 1972-76, to 2. GOI (2005b): Employment and 53% to 1999-2000. The share of regular Unemployment Situation in India: wage salaried workers has, however January-June, 2004, Government of stagnated at around 14% while that of India, National Sample Survey casual workers has increased from 23 to Organization, Report No. 506. 33 percent. 3. Planning Commission (1956): Second Five Year Plan, New Delhi, The recent experience, however, Government of India. suggests that most of the new 4. Planning Commission (2002): employment opportunities are likely to Report of the Special Group on Targeting be generated in the unorganized sector Ten Million Employment Opportunities, and will be characterized by poor New Delhi, Government of India. conditions of work, and lack of 5. Government of India Tenth five employment and social security. Even years plan (2002-07) Delhi (2007) Vol. 1, within the organized sector an increasing 141 number of workers are being employed 6. J.P. Batta charjee : Un in a 'flexible' manner on casual or employment among Indian farmers contract basis, without the social security Artha Vignana Vol 3 March 1961 benefits available to regular workers. www.ijar.org.in121 121 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] Human Resources Development in India – A Study of Skill Development Programmes Dr.Surasi Krishna, Post Doctoral Fellow in the Dept of Public Administration &HRM, Kakatiya University. Naragoni Srinivas, Research Scholar, in the Dept of Public Administration &HRM, Kakatiya University. Introduction: technologies and labour market demands”. b) Improving productivity and Human resource in the most important living standards of the people. c) and vital factor of economic development Strengthening competitiveness of the and social development of a country. The country. d) Attracting investment in 3 Human Resource Development is a skill development . multidimensional concept. In a broad sense the process of increasing The objectives of the present paper is knowledge, skill and capacities of all the as follows: 1.To study the human 1 people. India is one of the youngest resources development in India. 2. To nations in the world with more than 54 examine the status of skill development per cent of the total population below 25 programmes in India. 3. To analysis the years of age. India’s workforce is the skill development programmes. 4. To second largest in the world after the identify the performance of skill China’s. However, India’s formally development centers. The study found skilled workforce is approximately 2 per that despite fast economic growth India cent which is dismally low compared to is still lagging behind in Human China 47 per cent, Japan 80 per cent or Resource Development. South Korea 96 per cent. To leverage our demographic dividend more substantially Methodology: For the purpose this and meaningfully, the Government of study the human resources development Skill India India as launched the “ ” through skill development programmes campaign along with “Make in India”. in India. The skill development The 12th Five Year Plan observes that programmes which are working under Skill development programmes in the National and state level government past have been run mainly by the progammes would be selected. The study government, with insufficient connection is not only aim at finding out the sense of with market demand. It has called for an accountability to skill development enabling framework that would attract programmes in India. But also to assess private investment in vocational their status of skill development Training through Public–Private programmes in national level and state 2 Partnership (PPP) . The aim of skill levels. The study, therefore, to find out development in the country is to support the extent to which the skill development achieving rapid and inclusive growth centers are doing justice to the youth and through: a) Enhancing individuals‟ other stakeholders. For purpose of employability (wage/ self employment) eliciting the youth programmes will be and ability to adapt to changing www.ijar.org.in122 122 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] employed to collect the relevant economic growth. In this manner, the secondary data. ministry of skill development and entrepreneurship was set up in 2014, to Status of Skill Development in drive the skill India, agenda in a mission India: mode. Therefore, proposes to launch the National Mission for Skill Development India is one of the few developing (NMSD), which will provide the overall countries in the world, where the institutional frame work to rapidly working age population will be far in implement and scale up skill excess of those dependants on them and development efforts a cross in India over as per the World Bank. This has the past decade. It seeks to provide the increasingly been recognized as a institutional capacity to train a potential source of significant strength minimum of 300 million skilled people by for the national economy to provided, we 7 the year 2022 . Now in India 249 are able to equip and continuously training partners, 3,222 training centers upgrade the skills of the population in working 55, 57,476 people trained and the working age group. India is one of 8 23, 88,009 people placed . i.e Retail, the youngest nations in the world, with Auto, Construction, Healthcare, Banking more than 54 per cent of the total & Financial services, Creative Industry, population below 25 years of age and and Logistics.etc., over 62 per cent of the population in the National Policy on Skill working age group i.e., 15 to 59 years. Development: The country population pyramid is The objectives of the national policy on expected to bulge across the 15 to 59 age skill development are to: a) Create groups over the next decade. This opportunities for all to acquire skills demographic advantage is predicted to throughout life, and especially for youth, last only until 2040. India annual skilling women and disadvantaged groups. b) capacity was estimated at approximately Promote commitment by all stakeholders 7 million during the period of 2013-14. to own skill development initiatives. c) Apart from meeting its own demand, Develop a high-quality skilled India has the potential to provide a workforce/entrepreneur relevant to skilled work force to fill the expected current and emerging employment short of well-trained skilled workers. It is market needs. d) Enable the estimated that only 2.3 per cent of the establishment of flexible delivery work force in India, has under gone mechanisms that respond to the formal skill straining as compare to characteristics of a wide range of needs developed countries like to, 68 per cent of stakeholders. e) Enable effective in the UK, 75 per cent in Germany, 52 coordination between different per cent in USA, 80 per cent in Japan ministries, the Centre and the States and and 96 per cent in South Korea. Large public and private providers. sections of the educated workforce have little or no job skills, making them Scope of the National Skill largely unemployable. Development Policy: Therefore, India must focus on scaling The coverage of the National Policy on up skill training efforts to meet the Skill Development includes the following: demands of employers and drive a) Institution-based skill development www.ijar.org.in123 123 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] including ITIs/ITCs/vocational 3. Capacity Building and schools/technical schools/ polytechnics/ Technical Assistance (CBTA): This professional colleges, etc. b) Learning programme is to provide funding for skill initiatives of sect oral skill development development, enhancing of employability organized by different and competencies and promotion of self- ministries/departments. c) Formal and employment and entrepreneurship informal apprenticeships and other types amongst youth. The duration of this of training by enterprises. d) Training for training program varies (6 months to 1 self-employment/entrepreneurial year). Specific group are youth form the development e) Adult learning, north east region, special focus on girls, retraining of retired or retiring women, disabled persons and youth from employees and lifelong learning f) Non- BPL background and from remote and formal training including training by backward districts or unreached areas. civil society organizations g) E-learning, 4. Entrepreneurship web-based learning and distance learning Development Programme (EDP): by 9 . various govt. and pvt. Organization, Skill Development industries or NGOs is being to enable schemes/programmes for various trainees to establish commercially viable target groups: Various Skill enterprises in food and agri-processing. Development Programmes for youth in Specific groups are SC/ST/Minority India as follows. Community/Women at least 35 per cent. 1. Horticulture Mission for 5. National Urban Livelihoods North East and Himalayan State Mission (NULM): This is being skill (HMNEH) is being implemented for training to be provided for both wage overall development of horticulture in employment (job placement) and north east and Himalayan states. The enterprise development. Duration of the mission addresses entire spectrum of training program, minimum 3 months horticulture from production to (with 400 hrs of technical training & 30 consumption through back ward and hours soft skills training). Specific forward linkages. The duration of this groups are Urban Poor. Jan Shikshan Sansthan training program is 3 months to 1year 6. (farmers 2 to 5 days). Specific group (JSS): Programme is a component of scheme caters to entrepreneurs, scheme of support to voluntary agencies gardeners, farmers, supervision, and field for adult education and skill staff. development” JSS are established to 2. Support to Artisans Scheme. provide vocational training to no-literate, It is a Sub-scheme of Integrated neo-literate, as well as school drop outs Leather Development Programme, by identifying skills as would have a for providing employment opportunity market in the region of their and fulfills the demand of operators in establishment. Specific groups are Socio- the footwear sector and improving the economically backward and educationally quality. The duration of this training disadvantaged groups in both Rural and program, short duration training Urban areas. 7. Vocationalisation of programmes i.e. (2 week to 1 month). Secondary and Higher Secondary This scheme caters to need of Artisans in rural clusters. Education: to enhance the www.ijar.org.in124 124 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] employability of youth through demand centers of excellence as also focus on driven competency based modular difficult areas. Duration of the training vocational courses, to maintain their program 6months -3 year. Specific competitiveness through provisions of groups are school leavers with 8th, 10th multi-entry multi-exit learning and 12th pass, maximum of 50 per cent opportunities and vertical reservation depending on state SC/ST mobility/interchangeability in per cent, 25 per cent women, 3 per cent qualifications and to reduce dropout physically handicapped. rates. Specific groups are Children form 11. Skill Development Initiative: Class IX onwards i.e. at secondary stage. This is to provide for skills up 8. Integrating Differently Abled gradation/formation, vertical and persons in the mainstream of horizontal mobility including recognition Technical and Vocational of prior learning for school drop-outs, Education: The aim of this programme unorganized sector workers etc., and to train the differently abled students in facilitating multi entry and exit and technical institutions by ministry of allowing recognition of prior learning. human resource and development. The Duration of the training program 1 differently abled students were given month to 1 year (modular courses form both formal and non-formal training in 60 hours to 1000 hours). Specific groups the polytechnics colleges in India. are class 5th onwards as well as people Duration of the training program, for few with uncertified prior learning, at least weeks to 6 months (part time non 30 per cent women. Apprenticeship Training formal). This programme meant for 12. Scheme: differently abled persons only. The objective of this 9. Pradhan Mantri Kaushal programme is to utilize fully the facilities Vikas Yojana(PMKVY): This is to 24 available in industry for imparting lakh trainees to be offered monetary practical training with a view to meeting incentives and a government certification the requirements of skilled manpower for on successful completion of training and industry and thereby reducing mismatch. assessment, which will help them in Apprentice Protsahan Yojana (APY) securing a job for a better future. would facilitate MSME also to engage the Duration of the training program, trainees. Duration of the training trainees with more than 3 months program 6 months to 4 years. Specific training. The target groups are target to groups are school leavers with 8th, 10th aligned to the demand from the flagship and 12th pass or NCVT holder. The programmes. apprenticeship scheme to cover all 10. Craftsmen Training Scheme: categories of apprentices except the This scheme is to provide semi- graduate, technician and technician. Women Training Institutes: skilled/skilled workers to industry by 13. systematic training to school leavers and This is meant to enhancing women reduce unemployment among educated training to increase women participation youth by equipping them with suitable in the labour market. Training facilities skills for industrial employment. The are being offered to women through 11 scheme is implemented through institutes spread across the country. government run it is and private ITCs. Duration of the training program short Under the scheme focus is on creating www.ijar.org.in125 125 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] and long term. The target groups are proving basic amenities to them for Girls 8th, 10th, 12th pass. improving the quality of life of the people 14. Entrepreneurship and reducing imbalances in the identified Development Programs through minority concentration areas. Duration MSME: This entreneurship development of the training program, varies. Specific programmes are being organized target groups are minority only. Seekho aur Kamao regularly to nurture the talent of youth 19. : to bring by enlightening them on various aspects down unemployment rate of minorities; of industrial activity required for setting conserve and update traditional skills of up MSEs. Duration of the training minorities and establish their linkage program EDP-2 week, ESDP-6 week, with the market and improve MDP-1 week (FT)/2week (PT). Specific employability of existing workers, school groups are workers, educated dropouts etc. and ensure their unemployed youth, Entrepreneurs and placement. Duration of the training their executives. program modern trades- minimum 3 15. Skill Development activities months. Specific target groups are though Tool Rooms: This is upgrade minority youth only. Pandit Deen Dayal skills of prospective entrepreneurs, 20. Upadhyaya Grameen Kaushalya existing workforce and also develop skills Yojana of new workers and technicians of MSE (earlier known as Aajeevika): s. duration of the training program short This is to training 10 lakh (1 million) term and long term programmes on high rural youths for jobs in three years, that end technology. Specific groups are is, by 2017 and bench marking training workers, educated unemployed youth, against international standards this entrepreneurs and their executives. would also address the needs of 16. Multi-Disciplinary Training differently abled, marginalized youth and Centers (MTDC): to setup own units of women in LWE districts. Duration of the cottage and small industry. The multi- training program 3 to 12 months,. disciplinary training centre of KVIC Specific groups are Rural poor youth (18 implements the programme. Duration of to 53 years), 33 per cent women, 50 per the training program flexible, usually cent SC/ST, 15 per cent minorities, 3 per short term. Specific groups are artisans, cent differently abled. Rural Self Employment and unemployed youth, supervisors etc. 21. Training scheme (RSETI): 17. Training by coir board on Rural self spinning of coir and production of employment training institutes (RSETI) value added products: to provide across the country as institution to intensive training in advanced method of mitigate the unemployment and coir manufacture including extraction of underemployment problems among fibre, spinning, bleaching, dyeing, youth in the country. This institute weaving and designing etc. duration of generates self employment in rural areas the training program, long term and through training for capacity building short term. Specific target groups are and by facilitating in settlement in Rural women only. vocations. Duration of the training 18. Multi Sectoral Development program 1 to 6 weeks. Specific target Programme: to improving socio- groups Rural BPL Youth. economic conditions of minorities and www.ijar.org.in126 126 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] 22. Hunar Se Rozgar Tak under 26. Priyadarshini scheme to Capacity Building for Service organize women into effective self Providers (CBSP) Scheme: to create help group: the women empowerment employable skills in the interested youth and livelihood programme in mid who are in the age group of 18 to 25 gangetic plains also called priyadarshini years and who are minimum 8th pass. programme envisages holistic Duration of the training program 6 to 8 empowerment of 1.08,000 poor women weeks. Specific target groups are 8th pass, and adolescent girls through formation of 18-28 years. 7200SHGs. The programme originally 23. Special Central Assistance to being implemented in six districts SC and Tribal sub plan: 10 per cent including four districts in Uttar Pradesh. allocation of assistance is fixed for skill Duration of the training program less development of tribal youth. Duration of than 3 weeks. Specific target groups are the training program varies. Specific women only. Skill up-gradation Training target groups are scheduled castes and 27. tribe youth. Programme for Women in 200 24. TRIFED-Skill Border/Tribal/Backward Districts development/upgradation and (SUTP): The programme is aimed at capacity building for enhancing the vocational skills of women handicrafts/handlooms: TRIFED – a in the border or tribal or backward national level cooperative body under the districts and also at helping them to ministry of tribal affairs, government of acquire self-employment. The india, is engaged in the skill programme enables women participants development/up-gradation & capacity to supplement their income productivity building trainings of tribal handicraft and learn new skills for which there is a artisans and tribal people along with good demand in the market. Duration of marketing of their products. Skill the training program maximum duration development & capacity building training of skill training programmes should not of minor forest produce gatherers and exceed three months. Specific groups are training of tribal handicrafts, tribal women from SC/ST/OBC/Minority, paintings etc. duration of the training Widow, Economically backward and program, 45 days (30 days training and destitute/homeless categories 10. Results and Discussions: rest 15 days in mass production). Specific groups are women and educated The target groups in the unorganized unemployed school dropout youths. sector include own-account workers, 25. Support to Training and workers and apprentices in micro Employment Programme for Women enterprises, unpaid family workers, and (STEP): This is to provide skill that give casual labou rers, home based workers, employability to women. And to provide peripatetic workers and migrant competencies and skills that enable labourers, out of school youth and adults women to become self- in need of skill, farmers and artisans in employed/entrepreneurs. Duration of rural areas, among others. In order to the training program less than 3 weeks. encourage participation in skill Specific groups are poor and asset less development, entry barriers such as women in traditional sectors. educational qualifications, transportation, loss of wages, problem of www.ijar.org.in127 127 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] language, etc...The demand driven Published by: Dept. of Bengali, system guided by labour market signals Karimganj College, Karimganj, Assam, thereby reducing skills mismatch, labour Inida. ISSN: 2278-5264 (Online). market information and human 2. (Swaniti Initiative), resources planning; expansion of www.swanit.in., Skill Development in outreach using established as well as India – present status and recent innovative approaches; focus on new development. emerging occupations; lifelong learning 3. National skill development policy focus both on pre-service and in-service mar092.pdf. training; stress on planning and 4. The Echo Pratishwani the Ehco, monitoring; involvement of social A peer-Reviewed Indexed International partners, stakeholders and provide Journal of Humanities & Social Science, greater space for public private Published by: Dept. of Bengali, partnership; use of modern training Karimganj College, Karimganj, Assam, technologies including distance learning, Inida. ISSN: 2278-5264 (Online). e-learning, web based learning and skill 5. National skill development policy up gradation of trainers, their quality mar092.pdf. assurance and improvement of status. 6. FOCUS OF THE MONTH, Skill Suggestions and Conclusion: Development and Productivity of the The initiatives described above involving Workforce,Pdf Ms. Sunita Sanghi and both the States and the Centre, often Ms.A.Srija. with private partnership will lead to the 7. establishment of a credible, trustworthy file:///C:/Users/user/Downloads/p2015715 and reliable training, testing and 02.pdf, The National Mission for Skill certification edifice linked to global Development1 A Framework for standards and responsive to the needs of Implementation. the ultimate consumers of skilled 8. http://www.skillindia.gov.in/ . personnel for quality jobs beckoning the 9. National skill development policy Indian youth, the government and mar092.pdf. private sector will act in a concerted 10. FOCUS OF THE MONTH, Skill manner so that these opportunities Development and Productivity of the materialize and operate as an Workforce,Pdf Ms. Sunita Sanghi and employability guarantee. Further, the Ms.A.Srija. success of these various training programmes hearty depends upon the improving the educational levels of youth, improving access to quality training for employment opportunities and coordinating among various stakeholders. For this there is a need for data base on different parameters in farm and non-farm sectors in India. References: 1. The Echo Pratishwani the Ehco, A peer-Reviewed Indexed International Journal of Humanities & Social Science, www.ijar.org.in128 128 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] Globalization and its Impact on Indian Agriculture and Rural Development: Issues and Challenges Dr.Suresha. K P, Post-Doctoral Fellow, The Dept of Economics, The National Degree College -Autonomous, Basavanagudi, Bangalore . 1.1 Introduction: rural areas host 742 million or over 55 Everybody knows that percent of population. About 55 percent agriculture is the mainstay of Indian of India’s total workforce is rural. Indian economy. More than 55 percent of the agriculture has surpassed many obstacles country’s populations still depend on and successfully moved from the status agriculture. As of 2011, rural areas host of being a self-deficient country to a self- 742 million or over 55 percent of sufficient one in food grains as well as in population. About 55 percent of India’s several other sectors of agriculture. But total workforce is rural. Indian there are threats of this achievement agriculture has surpassed many obstacles being soon galped down by the and successfully moved from the status monstrous growth of population. It has of being a self-deficient country to a self been estimated that India would need sufficient one in food grains as well as in nearly 300million tones of food grains by several other sectors of agriculture. But 2030. In other words, by the year 2020, there are threats of this achievement we may need about 122million tones of being soon gaped down by the monstrous rice, 102million tones of wheat, 41million growth of population. It has been tones of coarse grains and 28 million estimated that India would need nearly tones of pulses, 143million tones of milk. 300million tones of food grains by 2030. The natural resources are depleting day In other words, by the year 2020, we may by day and it is going to be a big need about 122million tones of rice, challenge to feed the population. To 102million tones of wheat, 41million ensure food security and maintain tones of coarse grains and 28 million sustainable agriculture so that our tones of pulses, 143million tones of milk. country is hunger free in coming years, Macmillan dictionary of IT defines we need to strengthen farmers by timely information technology as “the and expert suggestions on recent acquisition, processing, storage and technologies applicable in agricultural dissemination of vocal, pictorial, textual and rural development. and numerical information by a micro- electronics based combination of The needs of agriculture are: computing and telecommunications”. To reduce knowledge gaps and increase knowledge sharing for 1.2 Need of IT in Agricultural and increasing productivity and boosting Rural Development growth in rural areas. Everybody knows that agriculture is the Empowering farmers with mainstay of Indian economy. More than relevant and timely information about 55 percent of the country’s populations different crop variety. still depends on agriculture. As of 2011, To reduce farming risks. www.ijar.org.in129 129 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] Rural areas are predominantly under is a paradox for rural India that it is one developed with poor infrastructure, of the least communicated populations of electricity and roads. Rural people are the world. Recent advances in space very few as producers of information, science and information communication and left with less access than urban technology has ushered in a great people to the information and opportunity for this neglected mass of networking resources. Naturally they India. have fewer possibilities of orienting Internet provides huge, advanced technology to address their specific information on just a click of the needs. computer mouse. The rural masses are To achieve a sustainable level of food largely disconnected with the outer production it is necessary that they have world. Internet is the only way to make seamless access to: them global and also an effective medium Information on weather, to introduce the world to those rural production and cultivation techniques, masses and their socio-cultural aspects. seeds and fertilizers, plant nutrients and Various internet based inventions have water usage, been designed to uplift the rural areas. Funds and liability coverage Some of them are:- through agri-finance and agri-insurance, a. e-agriculture: Agriculture Assistance from universities on previously was a function of land, labour new techniques eg. Biotechnology, used and capital but nowadays farmers want to increase production yield, to sell more and more produce of the best Market infrastructure like quality at a competitive price. Under warehouses and cold chain management. such a scenario technology plays a major role. e-Agriculture means IT in In the current scenario, the role of agriculture, IT means internet which not information technology assumes great only provides technology for farming importance and only with proper methods but also provides the best integration of IT with agriculture and source to get farm inputs and the best rural sector, the problems can be solved destination to sell their produce at the and country can move towards a best price. Internet based interventions sustainable production. is also suitable for extension agents and 1.3 Application of IT in Agriculture field workers in providing updated and Rural Development information to the villagers. Several Application of Information Technology technologies have been developed for operations in agriculture and rural taking into consideration the agro- development may be described as follows: ecological situation of the region and 1.3.1 Communication Technology entered in we world from where users in Agriculture and Rural can utilized it by surfing various rural Development: Information is power. portals. More the person is informed, more he is . b. e-Education: empowered. Information is a flowing The rural asset which is continuously generated, population is largely illiterate and disseminated and gets utilized. A flow of uneducated. Many educational experts information needs an unhindered are convinced that the only way quality information communication system. But education can be delivered to masses, www.ijar.org.in130 130 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] cost-effectively, is through IT. monopoly of private creditors and timely Developing a program to train villagers disbursement of credit without much core group(VCG) including women and paper work is possible through e-finance. enthusiastic youth, will ensure that IT g. e-Insurance: Rural population reaches the common person even in is having almost negligible insurance remotest parts of the country. cover. If the head or working manpower c. e-Health service: Rural unfortunately dies or is subjected to any population is always struggling on the accident, such family meets the misery of health front. Information technology poverty. Government of India has not tools are available to improve only started a subsidized scheme to communication, consultation and two insure the rural population but also their way refer all linkages from primary crops, so their livelihood must does not health care to tertiary health care level. get much affected from unforeseen Telemedicine is a marriage of IT and calamities. e-insurance is designed to medicine which in the near future is cover it all at faster speed without much going to be benefit the rural masses at paper work. large. Telemedicine can help in remote h. e-Government: It refers to ICT diagnostic services and extension of enable route of governance. Through e- super specialty hospital treatment for governance, government can connect to people in the rural areas. the rural masses with their d. e-Marketing: For rural areas, administrator, so they can ask their proper disposal of farm produce at better problem status of solution. Various world price is always a perpetual problem. bank and centrally sponsored e- Internet not only provide the prevailing governance projects are in operation, e.g. price of the farm produce but the place of Meghdoot in Madhya Pradesh and disposal also. Internet has strengthened Bhoomi in Karnataka. NICNET network the marketing information and operation over 700VSATS are being used marketing intelligence services. By to provide nationwide data sending e-mails to the buyer, one can sell communication link between district, and negotiate the price of produce and state capitals for administrative without going to the buyer’s door and planning and other applications. paying much to the middlemen. i. e-Panchayat: For the first time e. e-banking: To provide the in the country, electronic knowledge banking facility and to develop banking based Panchayat is introduced in Andhra habit among the rural population, e- Pradesh by National Information Centre banking is essential. It facilitates e- (NIC) of Department of information finance and e-insurance to the farmers Technology (DIT). As a pilot basis in quickly and without much paper work. Ramachandrapuram Gram Panchayat in ATM facilities are becoming very popular Medak District of A.P., here all the among various e-banking services. functions of Panchayath are Queries related to loan and savings can computerized and web enabled. Internet easily be obtained through internet based service for birth and death having e-banking facilities. registrations, house tax assessment and f. e-Finance: Rural population are collection, trade license, old age pension, a resource poor mass. They need credit work monitoring, financial accounting, for running their business. Breaking the MIS for Panchayath are all being www.ijar.org.in131 131 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] executed in computerized e-panchayath arrangement of network of natural system. Additional services such as drains. It not only helps in curbing market information and agricultural different types of erosion but also helps extension service are also being provided in resource generation in the area. to the citizens of the village from e- e. Agricultural drought panchayath. assessment: Vegetation index (VI) derived from space borne data is 1.3.2 Remote Sensing in sensitive to moisture stress in crops and Agriculture: The measurement of serves a surrogate measure to assess acquisition of information of an object or agricultural drought. Pest assessment and control: phenomenon, by a recording device that f. is not in physical or intimate contact Possible pest investigation warming is with the object is remote sensing. the key to preventive measure of first Remote sensing is the science and art of control which is not only cheap but also acquiring information (special, spatial eco-friendly. Locust control through and temporal) about material objects, remote sensing might play vital role in area or phenomenon under investigation. future. a. Agro-climatic mapping: g. Precision farming Remote sensing data based agro-climatic technology (PFT): It is an emerging map helps in crop selection and guides technology that allows farmers to adjust further on different farming operations inputs, duly considering the in field on the basis of local resources and agro- variability of soil, crop condition and climatic situations prevailing over the resulting in the reduction of cost of region. It lessens the farming risk and production that is why it is sometimes improves income in rural areas. referred as site specific farming (SSF). b. Soil mapping: Conjunctive use The PFT using Global Positioning of Remote sensing data and collateral System(GPS) which comprises of information like-lithology, physiography satellites (among them most of all are has enabled mapping soils at different Remote sensing satellites), software, scales, which is helpful in land use some hardware and technical staff. planning. 1.4 Problem in Using Information c. Land use/land cover Technology mapping: Map of land use/ land cover Information technology is get to reach prepared on the basis of space borne India at a large scale. Poor educational multi spectral data have provided a status, functional literacy on use of sound data base for agro-climate regional computers, poor infrastructural facilities planning for increasing food production, like lake of power, public utilities are reclamation of degraded lands etc. A hurdles towards gaining access to farm nation wide wet land mapping by using information. The second aspect is most of IRS LISS-II data carried for the information available on the websites comprehensive planning of wet land and internet is on English with a web ecology and inland fisheries. content of 64 percent which 5 percent of d. Watershed development: the Indian population know. 1.5 Measures to Boost Information Remote sensing data based mapping of watershed helps in proper planning of Technology skill among Rural / arable and non-arable land and Farm Communities www.ijar.org.in132 132 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] The following measures are suggested to the agricultural situation in India as well boost IT skill in agriculture and rural as abroad and accordingly undertake development: agricultural production. Rural people need to be Ultimately, it can be rightly stated that encouraged to form groups wherein they the potential impact of IT on agriculture can gain access to schemes being offered and rural development would be by financial institutions. Apex bodies like enormous. In future, IT will serve as a APEDA for starting up community predominant role for fulfilling the needs computer centres or kiosks. of a Second Green Revolution. Development of the integrated References set of websites, content management 1. Chargotra, Meenakshi and tools and multimedia tools available in Manish Kanwat (2011), “Use of regional languages for the farmers to Information Technology in Agriculture”, benefits. Agriculture Today, New Delhi, July, Pp. Need for establishment of rural 17-19. development Data Centre based around 2. Dhaka, B.L. and Mann, IT environment as an effective sources of J.S.(2012), “Information Technology: An communication link for rural emerging approach in transfer of development. The focus should be on the technology”, Kurukshetra, New Delhi, growing concept of E-villages worked out Vol-51, No.-2, December pp. 18-19. to introduce basic designs based around 3. Dhame, Balasaheb K. (2014), IT platform, which forms the basis of “Information Technology: Role in Indian foundation of rural development process. Agriculture”, Agriculuture Today, New Development of workshops and Delhi, March, Pp-44-46. variety of training programs to strengthen local capacity for use of IT as a tool of employment. Long term credit loans and subsidies can be given to SHGs, youth clubs in starting cyber cafes in rural areas by central government and state governments to bring about increased electronic connectivity in rural areas. Repacking of internet – accessed information and combining internet technology with traditional or more effective dissemination medium like the radio, T.V., street theater, C.D. ROMs and even folklore songs. 1.6 Conclusion The core concern in Indian agriculture and rural development is the necessity to increase productivity, employment and income for poor segments of the agricultural and rural population. IT tools facilitate the farmers to be aware of www.ijar.org.in133 133 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] Economic Reforms of Public Health Status in Rural Areas Y.Surya Sowjanya and K.Kishore Kumar, Research Scholars, Department of Economics; Acharya Nagarjuna University, Nagarjuna Nagar Guntur -A.P Abstract: The health status disproportionately affects the poor loading to higher morbidity and mortality in the world. The physical body is the poor man’s main asset. The ill health due to disease or injury trigger spiral of chain reactions, loss of work deprivation of earnings, and expenditures for medical treatment, often supported by borrowings. By these reasons with reduced financial capacity to restore earlier health status, lower productivity and earnings and the burden of debt repayments. Inevitably pushes low-income families in to the poverty trap. Statistics of the union ministry of health and family welfare indicate that life expectancy in India has gone up by five year, from 62.3year for males and 63.9 year for female’s in 2001-2005 to 67.3 year and 69.6 years respectively in 2011-2015.crude birth rate in rural areas declined from 38.9 per 1000 in 1971 to 21.4 per thousand in 2013.in rural areas , it has declined from 30.1 per thousand to 18.0 per thousand during the same period indicating that birth rate in rural areas came down at a faster rate as compared to urban areas death rate in rural areas also come down from16.4 per thousand to 7.7 per thousand during 1971- 2010. It is highlights the government focus to improve awareness of health in people in various diseases and have effective strategies in place with active participation of private health camps provides Keywords: Economic reforms, higher morbidity and mortality public health sector, Introduction: Poverty is a years, from 62.3 years for males and 63.0 multidimensional factor in human life. years for females in 2001-2005 to 67.3 To facilitate a comparative and lysis of years and 69.6 years respectively 2011- the different poverty profiles across the 2015. Curd birth rate in rural areas world a standard definition of poverty declined from 38.9 per 1000 in 1971 to based on daily consumption, has been thousand during the same period adopted this definition considers as indicating that birth rate in rural areas “poor” anyone who cannot afford a daily come down at a faster rate as compared consumption. Unfortunately during the to urban areas and death rate in rural last few years the number of poor people areas also came down from 16.4 per has steadily increased in rural as well as thousand to 7.7 per thousand during urban areas, resulting in the 1971-2010. proliferation of precarious dwellings in cities this situation brings about While there is substantial evidence deterioration in social and health available to establish the strong indicators, particularly life expectancy statistical connection between longevity child and infant mortality, maternal and income levels, such evidence also mortality, and morbidity due to seems to suggest that this connection MALARIA, TB, and HIV/AIDS. Statistics works particularly through two of the union ministry of health and variables: public spending on health and family welfare indicate that life increase in incomes among the poor. The expectancy in India has gone up by five outcome dependents upon the gains www.ijar.org.in134 134 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] being shared equitable with profit and on 3. To mobilize people about the medical life- enhancing activates such as health, facilities which were available in rural nutrition and education. areas. Public Expenditure on Health: 4. Government should focuses on Health care is critically dependent on awareness of health schemes in health how health care provision is financed. sector. Countries that have universal or near Health Sector Reforms in India universal access to health care have health financing mechanisms which are Started in early 1990’sIndia’s reform single payer systems in which either a measures are piecemeal and incremental single autonomous public agency or a few Gradual shift in the organization, co-ordained agencies, pool resources to structure and delivery of health care. finance healthcare. Several countries Three fazes follow this format of healthcare VIII Five Year Plan: 1992 -1997 mechanism. In these countries 85% of IX Five Year Plan: 1997 –2002 financing comes from public resources X Five year Plan: 2002 -2007 like taxes, social insurance or national HSR in India – Eight Five Year Plan insurance which insure health care to (1992-97): Concept of free medical care over 90 % of the population. The Union was revoked, Levying user charges for Budget for 2015-16 allocates Rs. 33,152 people above poverty line for diagnostic crore to the health sector and took the and curative services. Ensured initiatives for further increase in the commitment for free / highly subsidized direction of universal healthcare in the care for the needy / BPL population country. India still spends only about 1.2 percent of its gross domestic product, 4.0 HSR in India – Ninth Five Year Plan percent of total expenditure and 17.8 (1997 -2002) percent of total social sector •Convergence between public, private expenditure on health care in the and voluntary health care providers. country. •Increase involvement of voluntary, Public policy frame work for affirmative private and self-help group in the action the reduction of socio-economic in provision of health care. equalities has been the cornerstone of •Enabling Panchayat Raj Institutions development planning in India. Article (PRI) in planning and monitoring health 38 of the constitution provides for the programmes. state to “strive to minimise in equalities National Health Policy -2015: in status, facilities and opportunities”. This national health policy addresses the urgent need to improve their Objectives: performance of health Systems. It is 1. To provide Universal access to being formulated at the last year of the Equitable, Affordable and Quality health millennium declaration and its goals, in care programmes. the global context of all nations 2. To develop health centres in rural committed to moving towards universal areas and also required efficient more health coverage. National health policy health workers. implements, the determination of the government to cover economic growth to achieve health outcomes and an explicit www.ijar.org.in135 135 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] acknowledgement that better health contributes immensely to improved Discussion: productivity. Health as a right for all citizens is the Aim of the National Health Policy: goal that the Ministry will strive The primary aim of the National Health towards. A comprehensive approach that Policy in 2015 is to inform, clarify, encompasses individual health care, strengthen and prioritize the role of the public health, sanitation, clean drinking government in shaping health systems in water, access to food, and knowledge of all its dimensions investment in health hygiene, and feeding practices. To organization and financing of healthcare transform public health care into an services prevention of diseases accountable, accessible, and affordable and promotion of good health, developing system of quality services. Convergence human resources, encouraging medical and development of public health pluralism, building the knowledge base systems and services that are responsive required for better health, financial to the health needs and aspirations of the protection and regulation and legislation people. Public provisioning of quality for Health. health care to enable access to affordable Roles and Responsibilities of WHO: and reliable health services, especially in In addition to identifying and the context of preventing the non-poor disseminating best practices among the from entering into poverty or in terms of countries of the region, WHO should? reducing the suffering of those who are a) Provide sustained technical already below the poverty line. Reducing support for policy analysis for emulation disparities in health across regions and and implementation. communities by ensuring access to b) Mobilize partners to allocate affordable health care. Good governance, additional resources to health-related transparency, and accountability in the poverty reduction interventions. delivery of health services that is ensured c) Assist countries in formulating through involvement of Panchayati Raj and implementing the health component Institutions (PRI)s, community, and civil of their national poverty reduction society groups. programme. Health Budget 2015: Health Research: Central 1. Rupees 24549 crores have been Government gives maintence grants to allocated in the Pradhan Mantri the Council for Research in health, Swasthya Suraksha Yojana (PMSSY) nutrition, non-communicable diseases Scheme envisage setting up of new and basic research. The council is also AIIMS- like institutions and up engaged in research on tribal health, gradation of existing state Government traditional medicines and publication & Hospitals. A provision of Rs 2206.00 dissemination of information. crore has been earmarked for scheme To encourage savings and promote during 2015-2016. health care, Finance Minister Arun 2. Accredited Social Health Jaitley in his budget has increased the Activists (ASHAs) in every village basic limit of deduction under section 80D of health care has been brought closer to the income tax Act from Rs.15, 000 to Rs. the vulnerable groups by giving a boost 25,000 on health insurance premium. In to Health Education and Promotion. case senior citizens, the limits of www.ijar.org.in136 136 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] deductions has been increased from Rs. 2014 which aims at attaining an open 20,000 to Rs 30,000.this is a very positive defecation free (ODF) India by 2 October development as it will bring more people 2019, by providing access to toilet into the fold of insurance cover. facilities to all rural households and initiating solid and liquid waste Methods: The research paper is management Mission actives in all the prepared using a research library with gram panchayates to promotes online access to books, journals, articles, cleanliness. Indra Dhanush (MID) surveys and encyclopaedias. 2. was launched on 25 December 2014 with the aim Hypothesis: Null Hypothesis of covering all those children who are (Ho):Health measures taken in India are either unvaccinated or are partially enough to ensure the availability of vaccinated against seven vaccine sufficient health development in rural . preventable diseases which include Alternative Hypothesis diptheria, whooping cough, tetanus ,polio, tuberculosis, measles and (H1): good health safety measures taken hepatitis-B by 2020. Rashtriya Swasthya Bima Yojana in India are not enough to ensure the 3. availability of sufficient health for all and (RSBY) was started 1st April 2008 to also to avoid sickness in rural people. provide health insurance coverage for Methodology: The present study below poverty line (BPL) families. The analysed the sustainable improvement in scheme offers health care benefits worth promoting efficiency and effective Rs. 30,000 per year to the poor household functioning of health sector based on that can be accessed at empanelled collection of secondary data from private and public hospitals across the Government of India. National Rural country through cash less smart card. Health Mission Document. New Delhi: Recent updates in National Rural Ministry of Health and Family Welfare. Health Scheme: 1. National Urban Health New policies development: Mission (NUHM): In 2013 the government launched The National The Government New Policy for Urban Health Mission (NUHM) Non Rural People Health Care: The communicable disease including Injury, developing of human resources requires trauma, and Infrastructure Maintenance adequate provision of health services, and Family Welfare Central Sector water supply, sanitation, education, component. India Newborn Action Plan housing, nutrition, and family welfare 2. facilities which are essential (INAP): was launched in June 2014 at determinates of the quality of life. It the 67th world Health Assembly to shows that the governments of India’s advance the Global Strategy for recent initiatives for a healthy rural Women’s and Children’s Health. India are delineated below: 3. Janani Shisu Suraksha Swachh Bharat Mission 1. : Karyakaram (JSSK): The scheme is The government of India launched the estimated to benefit more than 12 “Swachh Bharat Mission” on 2 October million pregnant women who access www.ijar.org.in137 137 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] government health facilities for their appointed. Under National Programme delivery. for Control of Blindness, number of 4. Rashtriya Kishor Swasthya cataract operation Karyakram (RKSK): was launched on Performed have registered a significant 7th January 2014. The Ministry of increase from about 50.38 lakh Health & Family Welfare has launched operations in this programme for adolescents, in the 2006-07 to 60.32 lakh cataract age group of 10-19 years. operations in 2010-11. Health out Come Goals Established In the 12th Five Year Plan: Problems of Rural Health Development Reduction of Infant Mortality Rate : (IMR) to 25 per 1,000 live births by 1. Lack of medical facilities in rural 2017. areas. Reduction in Maternal Mortality 2. Lack of knowledge in rural people Ratio (MMR) to 100 per 100,000 live participation in government health births by 2017 schemes. Reduction in total Fertility Rate 3. Increasing the medical cost. (TFR) to 2.1 by 2017. 4. Lack of knowledge the medical services workers. Major Achievements in the Past One 5. Economic conditions Year 2010 - 2011) 6. Unhygienic Environment 7. Nutritional Deprivation. • The major achievements of Suggestions: National Rural Health Mission (NRHM) and two components of NRHM namely Solutions to the inequalities of the Reproductive and Child Health (RCH) Indian health system call for restricting Programme and National Disease the delivery system and modes of Control Programmes are as under: financing no one should be denied care for inability to pay comprehensive review Number of districts with Mobile Medical of the health system. Units increased from 363 in 2010 to 442 An outright substantial increase in2011in order to provide diagnostic and in public health spending. Restricting outpatient care closer to hamlets and the public health system to increase villages in remote areas. 26926 VHSNCs accountability and improve utilization by were constituted during 2010-11. As a the poor. Improving public sector result, the number of VHSNCs efficiencies and utilization through constituted has been increased from 4.67 correct mix of inputs untying up lakhs in 2010 to 4.95 lakhs in 2011 (as on gradation of facilities with reform in June 2011). Large numbers of medical hospital management and financing and paramedical staff has been taken on systems. Social insurance to provide contract to augment the human financial risk protection to the poor resources. During the year 2010-11 (July against serious illness and cost of 2010-June 2011), about 1334 MBBS hospitalization in the private sector. doctors, 2003 specialists, 14711 ANMs, Government gives subsidies to protect 4892 staff nurses, 3079 AYUSH doctors health of rural people like arogyasri and 1113 AYUSH paramedics were cards, and other health cards. www.ijar.org.in138 138 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] Conclusion: In a major boost to the Indian health sector, the government plans to double the public health expenditure from the current level of 1- 2 percent of the Gross Domestic Product (GDP) to 2.5% the Government proposes to leverage the Economic Growth to achieve health outcomes with explicit acknowledgement that –better health contributes immensely to improved productivity as well as to equity. References: 1. Dr. H. D. Dwarakanath, Dr. P. Yujwal Raj National Health Policy -2015 A Catalyst for sustainable development In Primary Health Care. Kurukshetra, July 2015 2. Rasiv Misra, Rachel Chatterjee, Sujatha Rao: Economic growth, poverty, and equitable health India health report, OXFORD University Press. 3. Rekha Dhanai: Rural Health Care System in Himalaya. 4. Dr. Arpita Sharma: Overview of National Health Services in Rural India. Kurukshetra 2015 5. Milan Banik: Public financing of health services. Kurukshetra, July 2015. 6. World Health Organization. 7. Government schemes. www.ijar.org.in139 139 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] Policy shifts in Agricultural Produce Procurement: Study on Decentralized Procurement Scheme Dr. Tajuddin Md, Research Scholar, Centre for Economic and Social Studies, Hyderabad Abstract: The economic planning and the policies towards the agricultural development have gone through many changes in last few decades. Policies adopted towards the procurement of agricultural produce by safeguarding the farmers and enhancing their source of income by adopting the new procurement policy which was initiated by the earlier NDA government to curtail the subsidy towards storing and transporting of the food grains through FCI. Initially very few states adopted this scheme and the results were very impressive under the new procurement policy where it implemented. This method provided the farmer MSP for his produce/crop. Some states those haven’t participated initially also participated in this method of procurement scheme. Objective of this paper to understand the policy changes towards procurement of food grains since pre independent era, going through various sources those related to procurement. Some observations from the available secondary sources are used to understand the Decentralise procurement scheme and the shifts in procurement policies those carried out for the betterment of agriculture and towards food security Introduction supplies department constituted in The history of procurement policy is not October 1943 by which regular supply of new to us if we turn our pages from food grains was ensured to defense Indian agricultural history; it is ‘Bengal personals, special priority groups, famine’ the most important reason to employees of large establishments, staff have the new frame work for the of local government authorities and the procurement of food grains and this took urban people. Under this system a new phase in India during and after the specialized ration shops were opened and British regime. British India redoubled ration cards were issued to the residents its efforts to control wartime food grains of notified areas. (Ahmed, Haggablade, distribution; it established a central food Chowdhury 2000) department in 1942 and issued a food grains control order by instructing The public distribution system (PDS) provinces to prohibit the export of food which is the key element of government’s grains except under permit. The Food food security system in India is an officials those in Bengal (including of instrument for ensuring availability of Bangladesh )focused only on two certain essential commodities at easily objectives first; by denying the rice to affordable prices especially for the poor. advancing Japanese troops by purchasing The government through the Food and removing stocks from border Corporation of India (FCI) procures and districts and by removing boats from stocks food grains which are released coastal areas. By this move it seriously every month for distribution through the impeded internal food grains movements PDS network across the country. In within the province. Secondly, Statutory addition to sugar, edible oils and Rationing System popularly known as kerosene, food grains, mainly rice and SR system, under the Bengal civil wheat are distributed to the public via a www.ijar.org.in140 140 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] network of Fair Price Shops (FPS). The stomachs without nutrition, or system of procurement is also used by sometimes just to drink a starch water, the government of India to provide which their neighbors give them in tight- Minimum Support Prices to the farmers fisted charity. so as to stabilize farm output and Pre Independent period income. During the war period, the mode of The increase in the Minimum Support procurement was widely differed in Price effected over the years, which were different parts of the country as there considered necessary by the government was no single and uniform procurement to keep up the production of food grains, scheme which could give command as a led to corresponding increases in the whole over the supplies. On the other consumer prices in the PDS, adversely hand, procurement schemes in different affecting the economic access of the poor provinces were geared in the light those to the PDS food grains. Another fall out of local conditions. In the southern of the universal PDS has been that the provinces, monopoly procurement proved states with the highest incidence of to be successful in Madras, Cochin, poverty like in Odisha, Bihar, Madhya Mysore and Travancore. In some other Pradesh and Uttar Pradesh are the ones provinces like Bombay, Orissa and whose per capita PDS off take has been Bengal the procurement system the lowest. It thus became clear that the approximated monopoly purchase models PDS, which existed till recently did not because all sales of food grains by the serve the poor well, especially in the producers had to be made to the poorer states. (Tajuddin 2015) government agents or sub agents. But Referring to food security, Ahmed where as in other provinces where there emphasizes that even today India’s was no monopoly procurement, except agricultural outputs sometimes falls barring the two surplus provinces of short of demand. The green revolution Punjab and Sind, the food situation was howsoever impressive has not succeeded not satisfactory. This made the in making India totally and permanently government to realize that monopoly self–sufficient in food (Ahmed, 1999). procurement has to be adopted by all the Kalahandi in Orissa where famine like provinces in India. (Mishra, 1985) conditions has existed for many years Compulsory requisitioning this type and some starvation deaths were of requisition was largely regulated in reported happens even though there is southern provinces and this system did availability of food in not brought any success because of the India.(Tajuddin,2008) Further on ill-equipped administrative machinery. hunger, Harsh Mander (2009) explains Partial requisitioning, under this that hunger survives in the form of system, a part of the marketable surplus individual men, women and children and either from the entire provincial area or sometimes entire tribal or dalit from the selected pockets of it was communities. Subsisting for long periods requisitioned, this system too met with without sufficient food, they are forced failure. Occasional requisitioning, to cut back on their food intakes, this system of requisitioning was sometimes reduced to eating one meal a resorted to against the farmer who day or beg for food or to eat tubers, refused to part with the surplus to the grasses and mango kernels to fill their monopoly procurement machinery of the www.ijar.org.in141 141 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] provincial government. This created a suitable to implement the price support fear among the small farmers those with when the market prices of food grains. very little or no surplus after meeting Pre-emption Method: This method their normal need. involves the procurement of food grains In the post-war period major at the ongoing market price without the encouragement was given towards government entering into the production of food grains. So that there competitive bidding. Under this method can be a marketable surplus by which the price is determined through the the supply situation would improve but normal market process and the this did not happened. This led to government reserves the right of pre- another change in official food policy emption to lift any stock at the prevailing from increased production and price. This method is not applicable in procurement to increased imports of food case of rice where the procurement is grains. The Food grains Enquiry made from the producers as well as from Committee observed: imports have the millers. certain advantage over procurement. All the imported grain comes into the hands Monopoly procurement: of the authorities and the entire amount In this is available for distribution. On the other method the government is the sole agent hand, procurement can only be a function for the buying, which involves a complete socialisation of interstate trade along of production.6(Mishra, 1985) with imposition of restrictions on movement of food grains. This type of Post Independent Period procurement implies that each farmer is It is observed that in post-independence to be assessed for his production, period there was no much pressure from consumption and outlay in kind for the producers for the procurement of farming and finally for the surplus which food grains as there was a availability of he would sell to the government at the food grains thorough imports under PL- fixed price. 480. These imports were of time being and there was a dire need for adopting Levy System: This is one of the most new methods towards procurement of efficient and important method of food grains so that country can have an procurement under the state government adequate stock to meet its need. which imposes levy on producers, millers Methods for procurement and traders. By this method there is Open Market Purchase: enforcing of levy which is very important This is the for the public distribution system and to simplest and easiest method of increase procurement. (Mishra, 1985) procurement. The government enters Policy intervention towards into the market either directly or procurement of food grains through agents appointed by it as buyers Though adopting various methods of in competition with the traders and procurements towards procuring the food makes procurement at the going market grains from the producers there was price. This method of procurement is timely interventions by the policy makers toward better procurement of 6 Referring to Report of Food grains Enquiry food grains after independence. Committee, 1957 p.93 www.ijar.org.in142 142 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] Government intervention in food grain The 70s and 80s period was one of the marketing began in a big way since mid- golden periods in the agriculture sector 1960s. This was to create a favorable as most of the institutions were incentive environment for the adoption established to cater the needs for the of new technology based on high yielding development of the sector. Prior to varieties of wheat and rice, which were initiating economic liberalization policies seen to possess vast potential for raising in 1991, the central and state grain production. Adoption of the new governments in India intervened at technologies provided a ray of hope to almost every state of marketing of major tackle the problems of food shortage and agricultural commodities. Minimum hunger. support prices were announced for 21 It was the Jha committee (1964-65) commodities and every activity of recommendations that there should be marketing such as transportation, need to control the food grain prices and storage, credit supply, and international distribution to coordinate food policy at trading of all these as well as other national level, zonal level and interstate commodities were regulated. The process movement restrictions by regulating and of withdrawal of government licensing of wholesale trade and intervention though initiated along with strengthening of administrative the liberalization of the economy, machinery in the states. This accelerated with the implementation of recommendation was response towards the Agreement on Agriculture under the the changing prices and supply situation World Trade Organization (WTO). As a in the country. To make the price result prices of agricultural commodities structure of the crops the Agricultural are determined increasingly by market prices commission was set up in 1965. It forces and therefore fluctuating demand started with wheat and rice, later coarse and supply of agricultural commodities grains and then other commodities, such which resulted in high price risk for as sugarcane, cotton and oilseeds were agribusiness. To help manage price risks, included. The prices of food grains are the central government has been annually reviewed by the government of encouraging revival of futures trading. India. Since its inception the commission (Patnaik, 2002) has been helping the government in This period from initial years of evolution of stable and positive price economic reforms till end year of the policy for agricultural commodities. In century there has been many changes 1980 it was renamed as Commission for towards welfare policies. The universal Agricultural Costs and Prices (CACP) To PDS was transformed into Targeted PDS make purchases of food grains by the by excluding the beneficiaries and also government, the Food Corporation of identifying the new on basis of poverty India (FCI) was established in 1965 these which still unable to explained. To bold steps were taken by the then overcome the subsidy towards the Minister for Food and Agriculture, procurement and storage charges the C.Subramanian. (MS Randhawa, 1986) government initiated a new procurement Public sector organizations, cooperatives policy which is Decentralized and other formal and informal bodies procurement scheme (DPS) were created for the marketing system of Decentralized procurement scheme agricultural commodities. (DPS) www.ijar.org.in143 143 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] Change in procurement policy for the in Tamil Nadu was attributed to drought better market price to the farmers was during 2002-04. initiated by the then NDA government in In Chhattisgarh under the DPS 1997-98, allowed the state governments procurement was much in excess of the to hire the agencies for procurement of capacity for custom milling of paddy, due food grains for which the expenses are to the absence of a project plan for shared. This authorizes the state procurement, storage and custom governments to take decision to procure milling. Thus, the milling of paddy was paddy from the farmers on Minimum delayed from 21 to 30 months, which Support Price (MSP) by the procurement resulted in excess overhead expenditure agencies and directed the FCI to hire or by the State Government, mainly on procure paddy from farmers. Though this account of interest and loss due to policy was objected by its own coalition rotting. The Central Government will partners (Telugu Desam Party & Akali reimburse the expenditure incurred by Dal) and the opposition, but few states the State Government on procurement, followed it. storage and distribution of DCP stocks Some observations from reports on the laid down principles. The Even after the decade of the expenses such as MSP, arhatiya/society implementation of the scheme the commission, administrative charges, performance of procurement of food mandi labour charges, transportation grains by States under the Decentralised charges, custody & maintenance charges, Procurement Scheme was poor, as interest charges, gunny cost, milling reported in the 2006 Report No. 16 on charges and statutory taxes are Performance Audit of Management of reimbursed on actual basis. The cost of Food grains. Orissa the procurement of excess stocks handed over to FCI is rice by the State Government under DCP reimbursed by FCI to the State was 0.68 lakh MT (4.5 percent) and 1.49 Government/agencies as per Government MT (7.4 percent) against the total of India norms. If we look at the table 2, procurement target of 15.00 lakh MT for where it indicates that the procurement 2003-04 and 20.00 lakh MT for 2004-05 is doing well after the adoption DPS as respectively for the State. Despite the the target has been increasing constantly low procurement, 86460MT (40 per cent which shows that there is productivity of total procurement) was supplied to and it this has been neglected due to FCI, instead of retaining this quantity various factors and under this scheme for distribution within the State. the states those unable to reach the In the Andaman & Nicobar Islands, the targets earlier have done well in procurement of rice during 2003-04 procurement under this new scheme. under DCP was only 247.65 MT of rice Though agriculture is in peril due to against the target of 12000 MT. Tamil various reasons those making it not a Nadu and West Bengal continued to profitable or suitable livelihood source depend on FCI for distribution of rice but it is possible if the policies those under PDS as procurement of paddy in adopted are implemented well at local these States was up to 50 percent of level. This decentralize procurement requirement for PDS, during the period scheme where states were unwilling to 2002-05. Low procurement of rice/paddy adopt it saw this model of procurement is beneficial to increase its own stock www.ijar.org.in144 144 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] rather than depending on the central Punjab Haryana and Andhra Pradesh) pool for their food supplies. This scheme but now the states like Chhattisgarh, has made the states which were unable Odisha those considered to be poor states to procure and depends mostly on central are reaching their targets of pool now emerged as one of the procurement by adopting new policies important states in procurement towards procurement of food crops from process, which earlier the dependence farmers through several agencies. was only on few states and it became the tradition to make procurement from Table 1. States/UT those Adopted the these traditional states(Uttar Pradesh, DPS S.No States /UT DPS For Adopted from Years Crop 1 A &N Islands Rice 2003-04 2 Andhra Pradesh Rice 2012-13 3 Bihar Rice/Wheat 2013-14 (R)&2014-15(W) 4 Chhattisgarh Rice/Wheat 2001-02 for both crops 5 Gujarat wheat 2004-05 6 Karnataka Rice 2002-03 7 Kerala Rice 2004-05 8 Madhya Pradesh Rice/wheat 1999-2000 (W)&2007- 08(R) 9 Odisha Rice 2003-04 10 Tamil Nadu Rice 2002-03 11 Uttarakhand Rice/Wheat 2002-03 12 West Bengal Rice/Wheat 1997-98 (R) &2010-11(W) 13 Punjab Rice/Wheat To the extent as per requirement of 8.69 LMT for wheat 14 Rajasthan wheat 2013-14 only in 9 districts 15 Telangana Rice 2013-14 16 Maharashtra Rice 2016-17 17 Jharkhand Rice 2016-17 only in one district Source:http://dfpd.nic.in/decentralized-procurement.htm &http://fci.gov.in/procurements.php?view=86 From the Table.1 it is evident that more 2001-02 to 2014-15 (In Lakh Ton) number of states where these crops (rice Conclusion and wheat) are majorly cultivated is Successive governments in India have adopting the scheme as they found it to adopted different policies with regard to be beneficial. the improvement of agriculture and to Table 2. Procurement of Rice and Wheat ensure food security of people in the for Central Pool over the years from country. Having understood the www.ijar.org.in145 145 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] vulnerability of the Indian agriculture more micro level district research on food conditions in pre and post- independence production, procurement, distribution period, which forced the country to seek and politics. The policy of decentralize foreign aid, it became necessary on part procurement laid an impact in the of the government to formulate different procurement business where as the other policies to improve and develop the side the it is unable to solve the problem existing the pattern of agriculture. of peasant society who still want to come Studies related to food security were out of agriculture. If we want our looked into by taking various issues but agriculture to flourish than its markets not much through the lens of to be protected and so that all the stake procurement as there is less work done holders (Farmers, Millers and on the procurement issue. This area Procurement agencies) should be demands scholar’s attention towards benefited. Table 2:Years Wheat Rice 3. Ahmed Raisuddin, Steven Haggblade 2001-02 206.3 221.28 and Tawfiique-e-elahi Chowdhury, 2000, Out of the shadow of famine: 2002-03 190.26 164.22 Evolving Food markets and food 2003-04 158.01 228.81 policy in Bangladesh, (IFPRI, John 2004-05 167.96 246.85 Hopkins University Press, London 2005-06 147.85 276.56 Economics of 2006-07 92.26 251.06 4. Mishra Bhagabat.,1985, Pubic Distribution System in Food 2007-08 111.28 287.36 Grains 2008-09 226.89 341.04 , Asish Publishing, New Delhi 2009-10 253.82 320.34 5. Mander, Harsh.,2009, “Exiling hunger 2010-11 225.14 341.98 from every home”, The Hindu, 2011-12 283.35 350.41 Hyderabad, Sunday, July5 2012-13 381.48 340.44 2013-14 250.92 318.45 6. Mooij Jos, 1998, “Food policy and 2014-15 280.23 320.4 politics: The political economy of the public distribution system in India”, Journal of Peasant Studies, , Pp 77- References: 101 1. Ahmed, Rais, 1999, “Growth of 7. Mooij Jos,1999, “Dilemmas in Food Agriculture in Last Fifty Years”, Policy: About institutional Agriculture Situation in India, Vol.56, April-December, Pg. 9. contradictions and vested interests”, Economic and Political Weekly, 2. Acharya, K.C.S.,2004, State of Indian December 25, , Pp-A-114-120 farmer: a millennium study: an overview ministry of agriculture, 8. Patnaik Utsa,2002, ‘Deflictions and Déjà vu’ in VK Ramachandran and Government of India and Academic Mathura Swaminathan edited, Foundation, New Delhi Agrarian Studies: Essays on Agrarian Relations in Less Developed Countries, Tulika, New Delhi www.ijar.org.in146 146 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] 9. Rahdhawa M.S.,1986, A history of 22. http://www.icisa.cag.gov.in/perfor agriculture in India, Vol. 4, (1947- mance%20audit/Performance%2 1981), ICAR, New Delhi 0Audit%20Reports/Performance %20Audit%20on%20Managemen Shifts & 10. Tajuddin M.D., 2015, t%20of%20Foodgrains/introducti Trends in Procurement Policy: A Case on%20.pdf Study of Paddy Procurement in Orissa, PhD Thesis Submitted in Centre for Regional Studies, SSS, University of Hyderabad, 11. Tajuddin MD, 2008, “Issues related to food security: some reflections on the role of state agricultural policies and engaging Afro-Asian Journal of Rural NGOs “, Development , Vol.41 No.2, July- December, Pp-69-77 12. Tyagi D.S., 1990, Managing India's food Economy: Problems and alternatives, (Sage Publications, New Delhi 13. http://cacp.dacnet.nic.in 14. http://dacnet.nic.in/cacp 15. http:/indiabudget.nic.in Prices and Food Management 103 16. http://www.ifpri.org/pubs/books/ Mellor88/Mellor88ch09.pdf. 17. http://www.foodfirst.org 18. http://dfpd.nic.in/procurement- figures.htm 19. :http://dfpd.nic.in/decentralized- procurement.htm 20. http://fci.gov.in/procurements.ph p?view=86 21. http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Murs hid_Quli_Khan) www.ijar.org.in147 147 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] Socialist Mask Unmasked V.V. Reddy, Professor of Economics, (Rtd) NIT Warangal, T.S. India Abstract: The New Economic Policy was meant to transform the mixed economy into a single sector economy by divesting public sector. The public sector was successful in establishing basic industries and an infrastructure to match. But the purpose of the public sector was to assist the private sector to become economically viable to stand on its own. Therefore, the public sector was assigned the production of basic, but intermediate products like steel, basic chemicals, thermo and hydro power. These goods were supplied to private sector at highly subsidised prices to make them into finished goods. As a result, the public sector made losses and private sector profits moreover, public sector banks advanced long term loans to private sector at low interest and often written off as unrecoverable to the benefit private sector. Thus the public sector helped the private sector to grow and stand on its own. The New Economic Policy was meant to complete the privatization of Indian economy by divesting the public sector. Today free enterprise and free trade rules the roost, with demand and supply determining market price. Therefore, the poor lost their safety net, with the result that 40.0 percent of Indians of 500 million, live below the poverty line (BPL). Thus the endowed society’s pattern of society turned into a capitalist pattern of society. The New Economic Policy was an inevitable result of the privatization of the economy, one need not lament it. For, socialist is a post-capitalist society. Introduction an infrastructure to match; including Twenty five years are long enough to higher education, specially of science and assess the New Economic Policy (NEP). technology. This strategy was successful, The NEP was introduced in 1991 for within a short span of four decades without funeral rites to Nehru vain (1950-90) India became a fast developing policy of socialist pattern of society, to country. All this was achieved mainly the delight of the Indian bourgeoisie an with internal resources and indigenous euphony to free enterprises. technology. What is more, today India stands sixth in space exploration, after What was the economic and the USA, Russia, UK, France and China. political background to the NEP? At the dawn of freedom India was in shambles Then, why NEP? For an answer we have because of two hundred years of colonial to go back to the early years of loot. Therefore the need of the hour was independence. The first five year plans to expedite economic development in (1951-55) was a plan of readjiment of order to raise the living standards of the economy an account of the partition of masses. To shorter the take-off period, the country, and clear the ground for a India opted for a planned mixed economy faster economic development. The wherein the public sector was to play the annual session of Indian National leading role and the private sector to Congress (INC), the ruling party, in supplement it. Over the years the public December 1955 at Avadi (near Madras) sector had built up basic industries and resolved: “Planning should take place www.ijar.org.in148 148 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] with the view to establishment of a wherewithal to interest to establish basic socialist pattern of society, where the industries. Therefore the state took upon principal means of production are under itself the burden of it. The public sector social ownership or control, production is produced intermediate products like progressively speeded up and there is steel, basic chemicals, thermal and hydro equitable distribution of the national power and supplied them at highly wealth”. Further, in order to achieve this subsidised prices. So, the public sector objective, “the public sector must play a made losses while the private sector progressively greater role, more profits. This was the reason why particularly in the establishment of basic G.D.Brila welcomed public sector. What industries” (AICC (INC), resolutions on per Birla did not ancipate were long term political and economic policies, 1955-62, loans at low interest doled out to private New Delhi, 1964 page 12). sector from public sector banks but which were often written off as non- The second five year plan (1956- recoverable. Recently in December 2016, 60) was a plan of industrialisation, with the Govt of India written off loans worth top priority to basic industries within the off Rs. 4 billions. The written off loans fold of public sector, and the subsequent would be recovered from the public by plans modelled on it. The Indian raising existing taxes or by imposing new bourgeoisie welcomed the second plan. taxes. By 1990 the public sector was Its Doyen G.D. Birla wrote; “Those sucked to a skeleton. The NEP only did circles who believe that the public sector the funeral rites by selling of the state’s is breading on the toes of the private stock to the private sector. sectors are taking short sighted view. The position is that the public sector Table – 1: Sale of public sectors shares even now helping to give a tremendous (in Rs.crores) push to private sector. A number of Year Target Actual ancillary industries have already been set 2010-11 40,000 26,144 up in the private sector to supply 2011-12 40,000 18,594 consumables to the public sector. Then 2012-13 30,000 23,956 the public sector steel mills go into full 2013-14 54,000 36,925 production, many more small industries 2014-15 58,000 40,236 will come into existence in the private sector to fabricate steel goods. This 2015-16 69,000 30,875 2016-17 (till equally applies to several public sector 36,000 23,538 undertakings. The public sector is thus now) going to act as a generator private Total 3,29,000 2,02,258 sector” (Capital Calcutta, April issue, Source: Govt of India, Budgets 1995) Birla was farsighted because what from 2010-11 to 2015-16. he expected of public sector really Why dwestment fell of the happened. targets? Because, some of the public sector units are loss- making and some In fact, the public sector was set others are old enough to be sold as scrap. up to assist the private sector to expand to domain when freedom came the What was more, both domestic private sector had no necessary and foreign capital especially the www.ijar.org.in149 149 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] multinationals were permitted to enter of privatisation, and to raise India’s such spheres as banking, insurance, position to the level comparable to that transport and communications, hither to of highly developed capitalist countries. the monopoly of the public sector. Before This is the beckoning of history. the multinations, the East India Company was a street corner retail shop. 1. Note In the preface to a A second freedom movement seems to be contribution to the critique of political necessary. Economy (1859) Marx wrote: “In broad The Indian national movement outlines Asiatic, Ancient, Feudal and for freedom was a bourgeois movement Modern bourgeois modes of production became the native bourgeoisie was also may be designated as so many epochs in oppressed by the colonial rule. Therefore, the progress of the economic they supported it financially and development of society” (page20). In organisationally. This has said by no other words, each of the successive other than Nehru in his Autobiography modes of production were more (1936): “The Indian National Movement progressive than the preceding one. The for freedom, like any other national fact that the economic development of movements are bourgeois movements, society passed through several modes of and to call it a workers movement is production means that no mode of wrong” (page 283). But when he became production is external so is capitalism Prime Minister he naively believed that and socialism can be still more socialism was possible under the progressive than the one preceding it. bourgeois rule. Marx thought that This is the dialectical process of Socialism would be a post-capitalist development a new mode of production society1. Nehru read Marx and in his negating the old. book glimpses World History said that 2. Marx had opened his eyes to see the real History has proved that a middle order world. But ! he closed his eyes when in mode of production, say, feudalism, power. All visionaries come to naught cannot skip over capitalism and directly when this vision is not based on pass to Socialism. For example, the economic and political conditions. In this experiment of Soviet Russia to directly context, it is worth to recall Marx’s pass to Socialism came to naught, for, warning to utopians “No social order when the October Revolution occurred perishes and new relations of production (1917) Russia was a semi-feudal country, come into being until there is room in with a sprinkle of modern industry in the the old for the growth of productive midst of primitive agriculture (see forces”(preface to a contribution to the Maurice Dobb, Soviet Economic Critique of political Economy (1859) page Development since 1917, ch-1) China 20). may face the fate of Russia, for, how it can build Socialism with billionaires In India of 1955 the economic (China ranks next to the USA in the list and political conditions had not yet of billionaires). matured for socialism. There was still enough room for the growth of References: productive forces under capitalist. The 1. Jawaharlal Nehru (1941) Toward NEP was meant to complete the process Freedom: The Autobiography of www.ijar.org.in150 150 International Journal of Academic Research ISSN: 2348-7666; Vol.4, Issue-1(7), January, 2017 Impact Factor: 4.535; Email: [email protected] Jawaharlal Nehru. Contributors: - 7. Riepe, Dale. Marxism in India in Author. Publisher: John Day. Place of Parsons, Howard Lee and Sommerville, publication: New York. Publication year: John (ed.) Marxism, Revolution and 1941. Page number: iii. Peace. Amsterdam: John Benjamins 2. K. Marx, A Contribution to the Publishing Company, 1977. p. 41. Critique of Political Economy, Progress 8. Ganguly, Basudev. S.A. Dange – Publishers, Moscow, 1977, with some A Living Presence at the Centenary notes by R. Rojas. Year in Banerjee, Gopal (ed.) S.A. Dange 3. Nehru, Jawaharlal, Glimpses of – A Fruitful Life. Kolkata: Progressive World History (1942): Being Further Publishers, 2002. p. 63. Letters To His Daughter Written In 9. Report of May Day Celebrations Prison, And Containing a Rambling 1923, and Formation of a New Party Account of History For Young People. (The Hindu quoted in Murugesan, K., New York: The John Day Company. Subramanyam, C. S. Singaravelu, First 4. Maurice Dobb, MA (1948), Soviet Communist in South India. New Delhi: Economic Development since 1917, People's Publishing House, 1975. p.169. Routledge & Kegan Paul Ltd, Bradway 10. Meghnad Desai (2003). "India House, 68 – 74, Carter Lane, E,C, 4, and China: An essay in comparative London. political economy" 5. Maurice Dobb, Political Economy and Capitalism. 6. M.V.S. Koteswara Rao. Communist Parties and United Front – Experience in Kerala and West Bengal. Hyderabad: Prajasakti Book House, 2003. p. 103. www.ijar.org.in151 151